Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

they+have+a+strong+case

  • 101 strength

    noun
    1) Stärke, die; (power) Kraft, die; (of argument) [Überzeugungs]kraft, die; (of poison, medicine) Wirksamkeit, die; (of legal evidence) [Beweis]kraft, die; (resistance of material, building, etc.) Stabilität, die

    not know one's own strengthnicht wissen, wie stark man ist

    give somebody strength — jemanden stärken; jemandem Kraft geben

    on the strength of something/that — aufgrund einer Sache (Gen.) /dessen

    2) (proportion present) Stärke, die; (full complement)

    be below strength/up to strength — weniger als/etwa die volle Stärke haben

    in [full] strength — in voller Stärke

    * * *
    see academic.ru/71361/strong">strong
    * * *
    [streŋ(k)θ]
    n
    1. no pl (muscle power) Kraft f, Stärke f
    you don't know your own \strength! du weißt nicht, wie stark du bist!
    his \strength failed him in the final straight auf der Zielgeraden verließen ihn seine Kräfte
    save your \strength! schone deine Kräfte!
    brute \strength schiere Muskelkraft
    physical \strength körperliche Kraft, Muskelkraft f
    2. no pl (health and vitality) Robustheit f, Lebenskraft f
    to be back to full \strength wieder ganz zu Kräften gekommen sein
    to gain \strength wieder zu Kräften [o auf die Beine] kommen
    to get one's \strength back [wieder] genesen
    when he's got his \strength back we'll have a holiday in America sobald er wieder ganz der Alte ist, machen wir Urlaub in Amerika
    to lose \strength geschwächt werden
    3. no pl (effectiveness, influence) Wirkungsgrad m, Stärke f
    to summarize the \strength of a proposal die Vorteile eines Vorschlags auflisten
    military \strength militärische Stärke
    to gather \strength an Stabilität gewinnen
    to go from \strength to \strength sich akk immer stärker [o kräftiger] entwickeln
    from \strength aus einer starken Position heraus
    4. no pl (mental firmness) Stärke f
    she has recently found \strength in religion sie hat neuerdings in der Religion eine Stütze gefunden
    to show great \strength of character große Charakterstärke zeigen [o beweisen]
    \strength of will [or mind] Willensstärke f
    to draw \strength from sth aus etw dat Kraft ziehen [o geh schöpfen]
    to draw on one's inner \strength seine ganze Kraft zusammennehmen
    5. (number of members) [Mitglieder]zahl f; (number of people) [Personen]zahl f; MIL [Personal]stärke f
    we're below \strength for today's match wir treten beim heutigen Spiel nicht in voller Mannschaftsstärke an
    at full \strength mit voller Kraft; MIL in voller Stärke
    to turn out in \strength in Massen [o in Scharen] [o massenweise] anrücken
    6. (potency) of tea Stärke f; of alcoholic drink also Alkoholgehalt m; of a drug Konzentration f; of medicine Wirksamkeit f
    7. (attribute) of a person Stärke f
    one's \strengths and weaknesses jds Stärken und Schwächen
    8. (withstand force) Widerstandskraft f, Belastbarkeit f
    9. (intensity) Intensität f; of a colour Leuchtkraft f; of a feeling Intensität f, Stärke f; of belief Stärke f, Tiefe f
    10. (cogency)
    \strength of an argument Überzeugungskraft f eines Arguments
    \strength of a case Durchsetzbarkeit f eines Anliegens
    the \strength of our case will be the fact that our client has a perfect alibi unser Verfahren ist aussichtsreich, weil unser Klient ein perfektes Alibi hat
    11. ECON
    \strength of a currency/an economy Stärke f einer Währung/einer Volkswirtschaft
    \strength of prices Preisstabilität f
    12.
    give me \strength! BRIT (annoyance) jetzt mach aber mal 'nen Punkt! fam; (exasperation) das halte ich nicht aus! fam
    give me \strength! look who's here! ist denn das die Möglichkeit! sieh doch mal, wer da ist! fam
    on the \strength of sth aufgrund einer S. gen
    I got into Oxford on the \strength of my excellent exam results ich wurde wegen meiner ausgezeichneten Prüfungsergebnisse in Oxford aufgenommen
    to be a tower [or pillar] of \strength wie ein Fels in der Brandung stehen
    * * *
    [streŋɵ]
    n
    1) (lit, fig) Stärke f; (of person, feelings) Kraft f; (of table, bolt, nail, wall) Stabilität f; (of material, character) Stärke f, Festigkeit f; (of conviction, shoes) Festigkeit f; (of views) Überzeugtheit f; (of imagination) Lebhaftigkeit f; (of reason, argument, evidence) Überzeugungskraft f; (of plea, protest) Eindringlichkeit f; (of letter) geharnischte or starke Ausdrucksweise; (of measure) Drastik f

    strength of character/will or mind — Charakter-/Willensstärke f

    he decided to be a writer on the strength of selling one short story — er beschloss, Schriftsteller zu werden, nachdem er eine einzige Kurzgeschichte verkauft hatte

    his strength failed him — seine Kräfte versagten, ihn verließen die Kräfte

    you don't know your own strength!du weißt gar nicht, wie stark du bist!

    2) (= health of constitution) Robustheit f, Kräftigkeit f; (of eyes, heart) Stärke f
    3) (of colour) Kräftigkeit f, Intensität f; (of acid, bleach) Stärke f; (of diluted solution) Konzentration f
    4) (= numbers) (An)zahl f; (MIL) Stärke f

    to be at full strength —

    to be up to/below or under strength — (die) volle Stärke/nicht die volle Stärke haben

    to turn out in strength — in großer Zahl kommen, zahlreich erscheinen

    5) (of currency) Stärke f; (of market prices) Stabilität f; (of economy) Gesundheit f
    * * *
    strength [streŋθ; -ŋkθ] s
    1. Kraft f, Stärke f, Kräfte pl:
    strength of body Körperkraft, -kräfte;
    strength of character Charakterstärke, -festigkeit f;
    strength of mind Seelenstärke;
    strength of purpose Entschlusskraft, Zielstrebigkeit f;
    strength of will Willenskraft, -stärke;
    a) immer stärker oder besser werden,
    b) von Erfolg zu Erfolg eilen;
    he hasn’t got enough strength er ist nicht kräftig genug;
    strength training Krafttraining n
    2. fig Stärke f:
    his strength is ( oder lies) in endurance seine Stärke ist die Ausdauer
    3. Macht f, Gewalt f:
    4. (Beweis-, Überzeugungs)Kraft f:
    on the strength of aufgrund (gen), kraft (gen), auf … (akk) hin
    5. besonders MIL (Kopf-, Truppen)Stärke f:
    actual strength Ist-Stärke;
    required strength Soll-Stärke;
    a) in voller Stärke, vollzählig, (Eishockey) komplett,
    b) SPORT in stärkster Besetzung;
    they are back to full strength (Eishockey) sie sind wieder komplett;
    below strength SPORT nicht in stärkster Besetzung, ersatzgeschwächt;
    they are 200 men below strength ihnen fehlen 200 Mann;
    in (great) strength in großer Zahl, zahlreich;
    a) HIST Br auf der Stammrolle stehen,
    b) allg zur Belegschaft gehören
    6. MIL Stärke f, (Heeres)Macht f, Schlagkraft f
    7. besonders PHYS, TECH Stärke f, (Bruch-, Zerreiß- etc) Festigkeit f
    8. CHEM, ELEK, PHYS (Strom-, Feld- etc) Stärke f, Wirkungsgrad m:
    9. Stärke f, Gehalt m (eines Getränks)
    10. Stärke f, Intensität f (von Farben, Sinneseindrücken etc)
    11. fig Stärke f, Kraft(quelle) f:
    * * *
    noun
    1) Stärke, die; (power) Kraft, die; (of argument) [Überzeugungs]kraft, die; (of poison, medicine) Wirksamkeit, die; (of legal evidence) [Beweis]kraft, die; (resistance of material, building, etc.) Stabilität, die

    not know one's own strength — nicht wissen, wie stark man ist

    give somebody strength — jemanden stärken; jemandem Kraft geben

    on the strength of something/that — aufgrund einer Sache (Gen.) /dessen

    2) (proportion present) Stärke, die; (full complement)

    be below strength/up to strength — weniger als/etwa die volle Stärke haben

    in [full] strength — in voller Stärke

    * * *
    n.
    Festigkeit f.
    Kraft ¨-e f.
    Stärke -n f.

    English-german dictionary > strength

  • 102 fight

    1. intransitive verb,
    1) (lit. or fig.) kämpfen; (with fists) sich schlagen

    fight shy of somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache aus dem Weg gehen

    2) (squabble) [sich] streiten, [sich] zanken ( about wegen)
    2. transitive verb,
    1) (in battle)

    fight somebody/something — gegen jemanden/etwas kämpfen; (using fists)

    fight somebodysich mit jemandem schlagen; [Boxer:] gegen jemanden boxen

    2) (seek to overcome) bekämpfen; (resist)

    fight somebody/something — gegen jemanden/etwas ankämpfen

    3)

    be fighting a losing battle(fig.) auf verlorenem Posten stehen od. kämpfen

    4) führen [Kampagne]; kandidieren bei [Wahl]
    5)

    fight one's waysich (Dat.) den Weg freikämpfen; (fig.) sich (Dat.) seinen Weg bahnen

    fight one's way to the top(fig.) sich an die Spitze kämpfen

    3. noun
    1) Kampf, der ( for um); (brawl) Schlägerei, die

    make a fight of it, put up a fight — sich wehren; (fig.) sich zur Wehr setzen

    give in without a fight(fig.) klein beigeben

    2) (squabble) Streit, der
    3) (ability to fight) Kampffähigkeit, die; (appetite for fighting) Kampfgeist, der

    all the fight had gone out of him(fig.) sein Kampfgeist war erloschen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/119957/fight_against">fight against
    * * *
    1. past tense, past participle - fought; verb
    1) (to act against (someone or something) with physical violence: The two boys are fighting over (= because of) some money they found.) kämpfen
    2) (to resist strongly; to take strong action to prevent: to fight a fire; We must fight against any attempt to deprive us of our freedom.) (be)kämpfen
    3) (to quarrel: His parents were always fighting.) streiten
    2. noun
    1) (an act of physical violence between people, countries etc: There was a fight going on in the street.) der Kampf
    2) (a struggle; action involving effort: the fight for freedom of speech; the fight against disease.) der Kampf
    3) (the will or strength to resist: There was no fight left in him.) der Kampfwille
    4) (a boxing-match.) der Boxkampf
    - fighter
    - fight back
    - fight it out
    - fight off
    - fight one's way
    - fight shy of
    - put up a good fight
    * * *
    [faɪt]
    I. n
    1. (violent combat) Kampf m (against/for gegen/um + akk); (brawl) Rauferei f; (involving fists) Schlägerei f
    to give up without a \fight kampflos aufgeben
    2. BOXING Kampf m, Fight m
    3. MIL Gefecht nt ( against gegen + akk)
    4. (struggle, resistance) Kampf m (against/for gegen/um + akk)
    5. (quarrel) Streit
    to have a \fight on one's hands Ärger am Hals haben fam
    6. no pl (inclination) Kampfgeist m
    to knock [or take] the \fight out of sb jdm seinen Kampfgeist nehmen
    to show some \fight (defend oneself) Widerstand leisten, sich akk zur Wehr setzen; (show appetite for fighting) Kampfgeist demonstrieren, sich akk kampflustig zeigen
    7.
    \fight or flight! friss oder stirb! fam
    to put up a [good] \fight sich akk [tapfer] zur Wehr setzen
    to put up a \fight about sth sich akk gegen etw akk wehren
    II. vi
    <fought, fought>
    1. (combat violently) kämpfen
    the children were \fighting in the playground die Kinder rauften sich auf dem Spielplatz
    to \fight like cats and dogs wie Hund und Katze sein
    to \fight against/for sth/sb gegen/für etw/jdn kämpfen
    to \fight with each other miteinander kämpfen
    2. (wage war) kämpfen
    to \fight to the death auf Leben und Tod kämpfen
    to \fight to the bitter end bis zum bitteren Ende kämpfen
    to \fight to the finish bis zum Schluss [o letzten Augenblick] kämpfen
    to \fight on weiterkämpfen, den Kampf fortsetzen
    to \fight against/for sb/sth gegen/für jdn/etw kämpfen
    to \fight for the winning side für die Sieger kämpfen
    to \fight with sb (battle against) gegen jdn kämpfen; (battle on same side) an jds Seite kämpfen
    3. (quarrel) sich akk streiten
    to \fight about sb/sth sich akk über jdn/etw [o wegen einer Person/einer S. gen] streiten
    to \fight over sth/sb sich akk um etw/jdn streiten
    4. (struggle) kämpfen
    to \fight at [or in] an election bei einer Wahl kandidieren
    to \fight to clear one's name um seinen guten Ruf kämpfen
    to \fight against sth gegen etw akk [an]kämpfen, etw bekämpfen
    to \fight against sb gegen jdn [an]kämpfen
    to \fight for sth um etw akk kämpfen
    to \fight for breath nach Luft ringen
    to \fight for a cause für eine Sache kämpfen
    to \fight for life um sein Leben kämpfen
    5. BOXING boxen
    to \fight against sb gegen jdn boxen
    III. vt
    <fought, fought>
    to \fight sb/sth gegen jdn/etw kämpfen
    to \fight a delaying action den Feind im Kampf hinhalten
    to \fight a battle eine Schlacht schlagen
    to \fight a duel ein Duell austragen, sich akk duellieren
    to \fight ships/troops Schiffe/Truppen kommandieren
    3. (struggle to extinguish)
    to \fight a fire ein Feuer bekämpfen, gegen ein Feuer ankämpfen
    4. (strive to win)
    to \fight an action einen Prozess durchkämpfen
    to \fight a case in [or through] the courts einen Fall vor Gericht durchfechten; (strive to beat)
    to \fight sb for sth gegen jdn wegen einer S. gen einen Prozess führen
    5. (struggle against, resist)
    to \fight sth etw bekämpfen, gegen etw akk [an]kämpfen
    to \fight crime das Verbrechen bekämpfen
    to \fight a disease gegen eine Krankheit ankämpfen
    to \fight sb gegen jdn [an]kämpfen
    6. (in boxing)
    to \fight sb gegen jdn boxen
    to \fight one's way [out of sth] sich dat den Weg [aus etw dat] freikämpfen
    to \fight one's way through the crowd sich dat einen Weg durch die Menge bahnen
    to \fight one's way to the top sich akk an die Spitze kämpfen
    8.
    to not be able to \fight one's way out of a brown paper bag absolut bescheuert sein fam
    to \fight one's corner BRIT seinen Standpunkt verfechten
    to \fight fire with fire mit den gleichen Waffen kämpfen
    to \fight a losing battle auf verlorenem Posten kämpfen
    to \fight shy of sb/sth jdm/etw aus dem Weg gehen
    * * *
    [faɪt] vb: pret, ptp fought
    1. n
    1) (lit, fig) Kampf m; (= fist fight, scrap) Rauferei f, Prügelei f, Schlägerei f; (MIL) Gefecht nt; (= argument, row) Streit m

    to put up a good fight (lit, fig) — sich tapfer zur Wehr setzen, sich tapfer schlagen

    do you want a fight?willst du was?, du willst dich wohl mit mir anlegen?

    if he wants a fight, then... (lit, fig)wenn er Streit sucht, dann...

    he won't give in without a fight —

    in the fight against diseaseim Kampf gegen die Krankheit

    he lost his fight for life —

    2) (= fighting spirit) Kampfgeist m
    2. vi
    kämpfen; (= have punch-up etc) raufen, sich prügeln, sich schlagen; (= argue with wife etc) sich streiten or zanken

    to fight for sb/sth — um jdn/etw kämpfen

    to fight for what one believes infür seine Überzeugungen eintreten or streiten

    to go down fightingsich nicht kampflos ergeben

    to fight shy of stheiner Sache (dat) aus dem Weg gehen

    I've always fought shy of claiming that... — ich habe immer bewusst vermieden, zu behaupten...

    3. vt
    1) person kämpfen mit or gegen; (= have punch-up with) sich schlagen mit, sich prügeln mit; (in battle) kämpfen mit, sich (dat) ein Gefecht nt liefern mit
    2) fire, disease, cuts, policy, crime, inflation bekämpfen; decision ankämpfen gegen; corruption angehen gegen

    there's no point in fighting it, you can't win — es hat keinen Zweck, dagegen anzukämpfen, es ist aussichtslos

    she fought the urge to giggle — sie versuchte, sich das Kichern zu verkneifen

    3)

    to fight a duelein Duell nt austragen, sich duellieren

    to fight pitched battlessich (dat) offene Gefechte liefern

    See:
    also battle
    4) (MIL, NAUT: control in battle) army, ships kommandieren
    * * *
    fight [faıt]
    A s
    1. Kampf m:
    a) MIL Gefecht n
    b) Konflikt m, Streit m
    c) Ringen n ( for um):
    give sth up without a fight etwas kampflos aufgeben;
    lose the fight over den Kampf verlieren um;
    make (a) fight (for sth) (um etwas) kämpfen;
    put up a (good) fight einen (guten) Kampf liefern, sich tapfer schlagen;
    fight against drugs Drogenbekämpfung f;
    the fight against unemployment der Kampf gegen die Arbeitslosigkeit
    2. Boxen: Kampf m, Fight m:
    fight record Kampfrekord m
    3. Schlägerei f, Rauferei f:
    4. Kampffähigkeit f, Kampf(es)lust f:
    a) sich zur Wehr setzen,
    b) kampflustig sein;
    there was no fight left in him er war kampfmüde oder umg fertig;
    he still had a lot of fight in him er war noch lange nicht geschlagen
    B v/t prät und pperf fought [fɔːt]
    1. jemanden, etwas bekämpfen, bekriegen, kämpfen gegen
    2. einen Krieg, einen Prozess führen, eine Schlacht schlagen oder austragen, eine Sache ausfechten:
    fight it out es (untereinander) ausfechten; battle Bes Redew, duel A, losing A 3
    3. etwas verfechten, sich einsetzen für
    4. kämpfen gegen oder mit, sich schlagen mit, SPORT auch boxen gegen jemanden:
    fight back ( oder down) seine Enttäuschung, Tränen etc unterdrücken;
    fight off jemanden, etwas abwehren, einen Vertreter etc abwimmeln umg;
    a) gegen eine Erkältung ankämpfen,
    b) eine Erkältung bekämpfen; windmill A 1
    5. raufen oder sich prügeln mit
    6. erkämpfen:
    fight one’s way
    a) sich durchkämpfen ( through durch) (a. fig),
    b) fig seinen Weg machen, sich durchschlagen;
    fight one’s way to sth sich etwas erkämpfen
    7. Hunde etc kämpfen lassen, zum Kampf an- oder aufstacheln
    8. Truppen, Geschütze etc kommandieren, (im Kampf) führen
    C v/i
    1. kämpfen ( with oder against mit oder gegen; for um):
    fight against sth gegen etwas ankämpfen;
    fight back sich zur Wehr setzen oder wehren, zurückschlagen; go down 2, shy1 A 3, A 5
    2. SPORT boxen
    3. sich raufen oder schlagen oder prügeln ( with mit)
    * * *
    1. intransitive verb,
    1) (lit. or fig.) kämpfen; (with fists) sich schlagen

    fight shy of somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache aus dem Weg gehen

    2) (squabble) [sich] streiten, [sich] zanken ( about wegen)
    2. transitive verb,

    fight somebody/something — gegen jemanden/etwas kämpfen; (using fists)

    fight somebody — sich mit jemandem schlagen; [Boxer:] gegen jemanden boxen

    2) (seek to overcome) bekämpfen; (resist)

    fight somebody/something — gegen jemanden/etwas ankämpfen

    3)

    be fighting a losing battle(fig.) auf verlorenem Posten stehen od. kämpfen

    4) führen [Kampagne]; kandidieren bei [Wahl]
    5)

    fight one's waysich (Dat.) den Weg freikämpfen; (fig.) sich (Dat.) seinen Weg bahnen

    fight one's way to the top(fig.) sich an die Spitze kämpfen

    3. noun
    1) Kampf, der ( for um); (brawl) Schlägerei, die

    make a fight of it, put up a fight — sich wehren; (fig.) sich zur Wehr setzen

    give in without a fight(fig.) klein beigeben

    2) (squabble) Streit, der
    3) (ability to fight) Kampffähigkeit, die; (appetite for fighting) Kampfgeist, der

    all the fight had gone out of him(fig.) sein Kampfgeist war erloschen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Kampf ¨-e m.
    Schlacht -en f.
    Streit -e m. (battle) one's way through expr.
    sich durchboxen v. v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: fought)
    = kämpfen v.
    sich streiten v.

    English-german dictionary > fight

  • 103 situación

    f.
    1 situation, state, picture.
    2 position, siting.
    3 presentation of the fetus, lie, lie of the fetus, presentation.
    * * *
    1 (circunstancia) situation
    2 (posición) position
    3 (emplazamiento) situation, location
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=circunstancias) situation

    ¿qué harías en una situación así? — what would you do in a situation like that?

    2) (=emplazamiento) situation, location

    la casa tiene una situación inmejorable — the house is in a superb location, the house is superbly located o situated

    3) [en la sociedad] position, standing

    crearse una situación — to do well for o.s.

    situación económica — financial position, financial situation

    4) (=estado) state
    5)

    precio de situación LAm bargain price

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( coyuntura) situation
    b) ( en la sociedad) position, standing
    2) ( emplazamiento) position, situation (frml), location (frml)
    * * *
    = event, location, picture, position, scenario, scene, setting, situation, state, state of affairs, pass, set and setting, landscape, juncture, setup [set-up], footing, stage, climate, conjuncture.
    Ex. The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.
    Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex. Outside the Gwynedd, Dyfed and Clwyd heartland the picture was not encouraging.
    Ex. The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    Ex. This article describes a scenario in which the training of junior staff on-the-job is discussed emphasising that the reality in New Zealand libraries falls far short of the ideal.
    Ex. Scenes that include conflict, emotions, prejudices, misunderstandings, and unreasonableness but also kindliness, humor, friendliness, and goodwill are acted out daily in different kinds of libraries.
    Ex. Over 700 CRT terminals are online to Columbus and are used in a variety of ways to improve service in the local library settings.
    Ex. Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex. Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.
    Ex. One likely effect of this would be that the information-rich would become richer and the information-poor poorer, a state of affairs which many would consider highly undesirable.
    Ex. As he traversed the length of the corridor to the media center, Anthony Datto reflected on the events that had brought him to this unhappy pass.
    Ex. For me a picture of myself in a dentist's waiting room is a perfect metaphor for set and setting very much in play against the easily obtained pleasures I usually get from reading.
    Ex. During the post-war period international organizations have become a prominent feature of the international landscape.
    Ex. For all national libraries a major factor is technological change in communication proceeding at an ever accelerating rating which has brought them to the current juncture.
    Ex. 'You know,' she had said amiably, 'there might be a better job for you here once things get rolling with this new regional setup'.
    Ex. Certain new factors have fertilized the ground for the rooting and growth of activity on a stronger and firmer footing than has ever been possible in the past.
    Ex. Although this study examines the international management stage, there are some points of relevance to this project.
    Ex. The article 'Keeping your ear to the ground' discusses the skills and knowledge information professionals need to have in today's IT-rich climate.
    Ex. This has opened up issues of what is & is not thinkable &, therefore, doable in the present conjuncture of crisis & instability.
    ----
    * aceptar la situación = accept + situation.
    * adaptable a la situación = situation-aware.
    * afrontar la situación = bear + the strain.
    * agravar una situación = exacerbate + situation, aggravate + situation.
    * analizar los pormenores de una situación = look + behind the scene.
    * aprovechar la situación = ride + the wave.
    * cambiar a la situación anterior = reverse.
    * cambiar la situación = change + the course of events.
    * complicar la situación = cloud + the issue, confuse + the issue.
    * confundir la situación = cloud + the view, cloud + the picture.
    * contemplar una situación = address + situation.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * corregir una situación = correct + situation, redress + situation.
    * crear una situación = create + a situation.
    * dada la situación = in the circumstances.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * desafiar una situación = challenge + situation.
    * describir una situación = depict + situation.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * dominar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * empeorar la situación = make + things worse.
    * empeorar una situación = exacerbate + situation, aggravate + situation.
    * encontrarse con una situación = come across + situation, meet + situation.
    * encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * enfrentarse a una situación = face + situation, meet + situation.
    * en la situación concreta = on the scene.
    * en situación de = in the position to.
    * en situación de crisis = on the rocks.
    * en situaciones de riesgo = in harm's way.
    * en situaciones normales = under normal circumstances.
    * en situaciones peligrosas = in harm's way.
    * en una situación de emergencia = in an emergency situation, in an emergency.
    * en una situación desesperada = in dire straits.
    * en una situación muy problemática = in deep trouble, in deep water.
    * estado de una situación = state of being.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * explicar la situación = explain + the situation.
    * gravedad de la situación, la = seriousness of the situation, la, gravity of the situation, the.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer que se produzca una situación = bring about + situation.
    * hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.
    * imaginarse una situación = envision + situation.
    * información que permite mejorar la situación social de Alguien = empowering information.
    * informe de situación = status report.
    * informe sobre la situación actual = state of the art report.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * mecanismo de reducción de situaciones difíciles = threat-reduction mechanism.
    * mejora de situación social = upward mobility.
    * mejorar la situación = improve + the lot.
    * mejorar una situación = ameliorate + situation.
    * meterse en una situación embarazosa = put + Reflexivo + into + position.
    * ocupar una situación idónea para = be well-placed to.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * perder el control de la situacion = things + get out of hand.
    * reaccionar ante una situación = respond to + situation.
    * rectificar una situación = rectify + situation.
    * remediar una situación = remedy + situation.
    * resolver una situación = manage + situation, resolve + situation.
    * responder a una situación = respond to + situation.
    * salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * sensible a la situación = situation-aware.
    * simulacro de una situación supuesta = play-acting.
    * situación actual = current situation, current state, present state, current status.
    * situación actual, la = scheme of things, the.
    * situación + agravar = situation + exacerbate.
    * situación análoga = analogue.
    * situación apremiante = plight.
    * situación apurada = hardship.
    * situación azarosa = predicament.
    * situación buena = strong position.
    * situación + cambiar = tide + turn.
    * situación cómica = comedy sketch.
    * situación confusa = muddy waters.
    * situación cotidiana = everyday situation, daily situation.
    * situación crítica = critical situation.
    * situación de decadencia irreversible = terminal decline.
    * situación de desesperación = scene of despair.
    * situación de estrés = stress situation.
    * situación de préstamo = loan status.
    * situación desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * situación de tensión = stress situation.
    * situación diaria = daily situation.
    * situación difícil = plight, hardship, bumpy ride.
    * situación económica = financial situation, economic status.
    * situación económica, la = economics of the situation, the.
    * situación embarazosa = embarrassing situation.
    * situación en la que hay un vencedor y un perdedor = win-lose + Nombre.
    * situación en la que las dos partes salen ganando = win-win + Nombre.
    * situaciones = sphere of activity, sphere of life, walks (of/in) life.
    * situaciones de la vida = life situations [life-situations].
    * situación experimental = laboratory situation.
    * situación forzada = Procrustean bed.
    * situación hipotética = scenario.
    * situación ideal = ideal situation.
    * situación insoportable = unbearable situation.
    * situación insostenible = unbearable situation.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * situación laboral = employment situation, employment status.
    * situación + mejorar = situation + ease.
    * situación peligrosa = endangerment, dangerous situation.
    * situación penosa = plight.
    * situación poco clara = clouding.
    * situación política = political scene.
    * situación posible = scenario.
    * situación precaria = precarious situation.
    * situación privilegiada = advantageous location.
    * situación problemática = problem situation.
    * situación sin solución = impasse.
    * situación + surgir = situation + arise.
    * situación tensa = stress situation.
    * situación ventajosa = winning situation.
    * superar una situación difícil = weather + the bumpy ride, weather + the storm.
    * verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( coyuntura) situation
    b) ( en la sociedad) position, standing
    2) ( emplazamiento) position, situation (frml), location (frml)
    * * *
    = event, location, picture, position, scenario, scene, setting, situation, state, state of affairs, pass, set and setting, landscape, juncture, setup [set-up], footing, stage, climate, conjuncture.

    Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

    Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex: Outside the Gwynedd, Dyfed and Clwyd heartland the picture was not encouraging.
    Ex: The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    Ex: This article describes a scenario in which the training of junior staff on-the-job is discussed emphasising that the reality in New Zealand libraries falls far short of the ideal.
    Ex: Scenes that include conflict, emotions, prejudices, misunderstandings, and unreasonableness but also kindliness, humor, friendliness, and goodwill are acted out daily in different kinds of libraries.
    Ex: Over 700 CRT terminals are online to Columbus and are used in a variety of ways to improve service in the local library settings.
    Ex: Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex: Before she could respond and follow up with a question about her distraught state, Feng escaped to the women's room.
    Ex: One likely effect of this would be that the information-rich would become richer and the information-poor poorer, a state of affairs which many would consider highly undesirable.
    Ex: As he traversed the length of the corridor to the media center, Anthony Datto reflected on the events that had brought him to this unhappy pass.
    Ex: For me a picture of myself in a dentist's waiting room is a perfect metaphor for set and setting very much in play against the easily obtained pleasures I usually get from reading.
    Ex: During the post-war period international organizations have become a prominent feature of the international landscape.
    Ex: For all national libraries a major factor is technological change in communication proceeding at an ever accelerating rating which has brought them to the current juncture.
    Ex: 'You know,' she had said amiably, 'there might be a better job for you here once things get rolling with this new regional setup'.
    Ex: Certain new factors have fertilized the ground for the rooting and growth of activity on a stronger and firmer footing than has ever been possible in the past.
    Ex: Although this study examines the international management stage, there are some points of relevance to this project.
    Ex: The article 'Keeping your ear to the ground' discusses the skills and knowledge information professionals need to have in today's IT-rich climate.
    Ex: This has opened up issues of what is & is not thinkable &, therefore, doable in the present conjuncture of crisis & instability.
    * aceptar la situación = accept + situation.
    * adaptable a la situación = situation-aware.
    * afrontar la situación = bear + the strain.
    * agravar una situación = exacerbate + situation, aggravate + situation.
    * analizar los pormenores de una situación = look + behind the scene.
    * aprovechar la situación = ride + the wave.
    * cambiar a la situación anterior = reverse.
    * cambiar la situación = change + the course of events.
    * complicar la situación = cloud + the issue, confuse + the issue.
    * confundir la situación = cloud + the view, cloud + the picture.
    * contemplar una situación = address + situation.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * corregir una situación = correct + situation, redress + situation.
    * crear una situación = create + a situation.
    * dada la situación = in the circumstances.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * desafiar una situación = challenge + situation.
    * describir una situación = depict + situation.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * dominar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * empeorar la situación = make + things worse.
    * empeorar una situación = exacerbate + situation, aggravate + situation.
    * encontrarse con una situación = come across + situation, meet + situation.
    * encontrarse en una mejor situación económica = be economically better off.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * enfrentarse a una situación = face + situation, meet + situation.
    * en la situación concreta = on the scene.
    * en situación de = in the position to.
    * en situación de crisis = on the rocks.
    * en situaciones de riesgo = in harm's way.
    * en situaciones normales = under normal circumstances.
    * en situaciones peligrosas = in harm's way.
    * en una situación de emergencia = in an emergency situation, in an emergency.
    * en una situación desesperada = in dire straits.
    * en una situación muy problemática = in deep trouble, in deep water.
    * estado de una situación = state of being.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * explicar la situación = explain + the situation.
    * gravedad de la situación, la = seriousness of the situation, la, gravity of the situation, the.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer que se produzca una situación = bring about + situation.
    * hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.
    * imaginarse una situación = envision + situation.
    * información que permite mejorar la situación social de Alguien = empowering information.
    * informe de situación = status report.
    * informe sobre la situación actual = state of the art report.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * mecanismo de reducción de situaciones difíciles = threat-reduction mechanism.
    * mejora de situación social = upward mobility.
    * mejorar la situación = improve + the lot.
    * mejorar una situación = ameliorate + situation.
    * meterse en una situación embarazosa = put + Reflexivo + into + position.
    * ocupar una situación idónea para = be well-placed to.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * perder el control de la situacion = things + get out of hand.
    * reaccionar ante una situación = respond to + situation.
    * rectificar una situación = rectify + situation.
    * remediar una situación = remedy + situation.
    * resolver una situación = manage + situation, resolve + situation.
    * responder a una situación = respond to + situation.
    * salir de una situación difícil = haul + Reflexivo + out of + Posesivo + bog.
    * sensible a la situación = situation-aware.
    * simulacro de una situación supuesta = play-acting.
    * situación actual = current situation, current state, present state, current status.
    * situación actual, la = scheme of things, the.
    * situación + agravar = situation + exacerbate.
    * situación análoga = analogue.
    * situación apremiante = plight.
    * situación apurada = hardship.
    * situación azarosa = predicament.
    * situación buena = strong position.
    * situación + cambiar = tide + turn.
    * situación cómica = comedy sketch.
    * situación confusa = muddy waters.
    * situación cotidiana = everyday situation, daily situation.
    * situación crítica = critical situation.
    * situación de decadencia irreversible = terminal decline.
    * situación de desesperación = scene of despair.
    * situación de estrés = stress situation.
    * situación de préstamo = loan status.
    * situación desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * situación de tensión = stress situation.
    * situación diaria = daily situation.
    * situación difícil = plight, hardship, bumpy ride.
    * situación económica = financial situation, economic status.
    * situación económica, la = economics of the situation, the.
    * situación embarazosa = embarrassing situation.
    * situación en la que hay un vencedor y un perdedor = win-lose + Nombre.
    * situación en la que las dos partes salen ganando = win-win + Nombre.
    * situaciones = sphere of activity, sphere of life, walks (of/in) life.
    * situaciones de la vida = life situations [life-situations].
    * situación experimental = laboratory situation.
    * situación forzada = Procrustean bed.
    * situación hipotética = scenario.
    * situación ideal = ideal situation.
    * situación insoportable = unbearable situation.
    * situación insostenible = unbearable situation.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * situación laboral = employment situation, employment status.
    * situación + mejorar = situation + ease.
    * situación peligrosa = endangerment, dangerous situation.
    * situación penosa = plight.
    * situación poco clara = clouding.
    * situación política = political scene.
    * situación posible = scenario.
    * situación precaria = precarious situation.
    * situación privilegiada = advantageous location.
    * situación problemática = problem situation.
    * situación sin solución = impasse.
    * situación + surgir = situation + arise.
    * situación tensa = stress situation.
    * situación ventajosa = winning situation.
    * superar una situación difícil = weather + the bumpy ride, weather + the storm.
    * verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

    * * *
    A
    1 (coyuntura) situation
    nuestra situación económica our financial situation o position
    no está en situación de poder ayudarnos she is not in a position to be able to help us
    se encuentra en una situación desesperada her situation o plight is desperate, she is in a desperate situation
    apenas crearon situaciones de gol they hardly made any scoring chances
    salvar la situación to save the day o rescue the situation
    2 (en la sociedad) position, standing
    Compuesto:
    extreme situation
    B (emplazamiento) position, situation ( frml), location ( frml)
    la situación del local es excelente the premises are ideally situated o located
    * * *

     

    situación sustantivo femenino
    1


    2 ( emplazamiento) position, situation (frml), location (frml)
    situación sustantivo femenino
    1 (económica) situation
    2 (trance) me puso en una situación muy embarazosa, he put me in an awkward situation
    3 (emplazamiento) location
    4 (condiciones, disposición) state: no estamos en situación de rechazarlo, we are in no position to refuse it
    ' situación' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abusiva
    - abusivo
    - acierto
    - aclimatarse
    - adueñarse
    - afianzarse
    - airosa
    - airoso
    - ambiente
    - ámbito
    - anterioridad
    - aprovechar
    - caer
    - calibrar
    - callejón
    - cañón
    - capear
    - cargo
    - caso
    - comparable
    - comprometedor
    - comprometedora
    - comprometida
    - comprometido
    - compromiso
    - condición
    - conducir
    - considerablemente
    - correr
    - coyuntura
    - crisis
    - decantar
    - desdramatizar
    - desembocar
    - detonante
    - dimanar
    - disposición
    - dueña
    - dueño
    - embrollo
    - emotiva
    - emotivo
    - endemoniada
    - endemoniado
    - enrarecerse
    - enredar
    - enredarse
    - entrar
    - estar
    - estado
    English:
    aggravate
    - anywhere
    - applicable
    - apprise
    - aspect
    - assess
    - assessment
    - awkward
    - backdrop
    - border on
    - break
    - bullet
    - business
    - case
    - command
    - confuse
    - consolidate
    - danger
    - defuse
    - deteriorate
    - dinner
    - dire
    - disgusting
    - distressing
    - encouraging
    - end
    - explosive
    - fraught
    - fuel
    - further
    - grim
    - heat
    - hook
    - hot up
    - in
    - indoors
    - inflammable
    - injustice
    - irritating
    - joke
    - mess
    - misjudge
    - muddy
    - nasty
    - need
    - no-win
    - off
    - ongoing
    - pass
    - picture
    * * *
    1. [circunstancias] situation;
    [legal, social] status;
    estar en situación de hacer algo [en general] to be in a position to do sth;
    [enfermo, borracho] to be in a fit state to do sth;
    estar en una situación privilegiada to be in a privileged position
    situación económica economic situation;
    situación límite extreme o critical situation
    2. [ubicación] location;
    la tienda está en una situación muy céntrica the shop is in a very central location
    * * *
    f situation;
    estar en situación de be in a position to
    * * *
    situación nf, pl - ciones : situation
    * * *
    situación n situation

    Spanish-English dictionary > situación

  • 104 BREGÐA

    (bregð; brá, brugðum; brugðinn), v. with dat.
    bregða sverði, knífi, to draw a sword, knife;
    bregða fingri, hendi í e-t, to put (thrust) the finger, hand, into;
    hón brá hárinu undir belti sér, she put (fastened) her hair under her belt;
    bregða kaðli um e-t, to pass a rope round a thing;
    bregða augum sundr, to open the eyes;
    bregða e-m á eintal, to take one apart;
    bregða sér sjúkum, to feign illness;
    2) to deviate from, disregard (vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum);
    3) to alter, change;
    bregða lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale;
    bregða e-m í e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape (þú brátt þér í merar líki);
    4) to break up, leave off, give up;
    bregða tjöldum, to strike the tents;
    bregða boði, to countermand a feast;
    bregða sýslu, to leave off working;
    bregða svefni, blundi, to awake;
    bregða tali, to break off talking;
    bregða orrustu, kaupi, to break off a battle, bargain;
    5) to break (bregða trúnaði, heiti, sáttmáli);
    6) bregða e-m e-u, to upbraid, reproach one with a thing (Kálfr brá mér því í dag);
    7) with prepp.,
    bregða e-m á loft, to lift one aloft;
    bregða e-u á, to give out, pretend (hann brá á því, at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar);
    absol., bregða á e-t, to begin (suddenly) doing a thing;
    Kimbi brá á gaman, took it playfully, laughed at it;
    þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing;
    hestrinn brá á leik, broke into play, ran away;
    hönd bregðr á venju, is ready for its old work;
    þá brá Ingimundr til útanferðar, I. started to go abroad;
    bregða e-u undan, to put it out of the way, to hide it;
    bregða upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand;
    bregða e-u við, to ward off with (bregða við skildi); fig. to put forth as an example, to praise, wonder at (þínum drengskap skal ek við bregða);
    absol., bregða við, to start off, set about a thing without delay;
    brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went;
    8) refl., bregðast;
    9) impers., e-u bregðr, it ceases, fails;
    veðráttu brá eigi, there was no change in the weather;
    of a sudden appearance, kláða brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids began to itch;
    þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, then from L. there burst flashes of light;
    ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye;
    with preps., bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of other seals;
    e-m bregðr í brún, one is amazed, startled (nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök);
    e-m bregðr til e-s, one person takes after, resembles another;
    en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father;
    þat er mælt, at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of a man;
    e-m bregðr við e-t = e-m bregðr í brún;
    brá þeim mjök við, er þeir sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much when they saw him come in;
    en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, this news most affected M.’s nurse.
    * * *
    pret. sing. brá, 2nd pers. brátt, later brást; pl. brugðu, sup. brugðit; pres. bregð; pret. subj. brygði: reflex, (sk, z, st), pret. brásk, bráz, or brást, pl. brugðusk, etc.: poët. with the neg. suff. brá-at, brásk-at, Orkn. 78, Fms. vi. 51.
    A. ACT. WITH DAT.
    I. [A. S. bregdan, brædan; Old Engl. and Scot. to brade or braid; cp. bragð throughout]:—to move swiftly:
    1. of a weapon, to draw, brandish; b. sverði, to draw the sword, Gísl. 55, Nj. 28, Ld. 222, Korm. 82 sqq., Fms. i. 44, ii. 306, vi. 313, Eg. 306, 505; sverð brugðit, a drawn sword, 746; cp. the alliterative phrase in Old Engl. Ballads, ‘the bright browne (= brugðinn) sword:’ absol., bregð (imperat.), Korm. l. c.: b. knífi, to slash with a knife, Am. 59; b. flötu sverði, to turn it round in the band, Fms. vii. 157; saxi, Bs. i. 629: even of a thrust, b. spjóti, Glúm. 344.
    2. of the limbs or parts of the body, to move quickly; b. hendi, fingri, K. Þ. K. 10, Fms. vi. 122; b. augum sundr, to open the eyes, iii. 57, cp. ‘he bradde open his eyen two,’ Engl. Ballads; b. fótum, Nj. 253; b. fæti, in wrestling; b. grönum, to draw up the lips, 199, Fms. v. 220.
    3. of other objects; b. skipi, to turn the ship (rare), Fms. viii. 145, Eb. 324; b. e-m á eintal, einmæli, to take one apart, Fms. vi. 11, Ölk. 35; b. sér sjúkum, to feign sickness, Fagrsk. ch. 51; bregða sér in mod. usage means to make a short visit, go or come for a moment; eg brá mér snöggvast til …, etc.
    4. adding prepp.; b. upp; b. upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand, Fms. i. 167; b. upp glófa, 206, Eb. 326: b. e-m á lopt, to lift aloft, Eg. 122, Nj. 108; b. e-u undan, to put a thing out of the way, to hide it, Fas. i. 6; undir, Sturl. ii. 221, Ld. 222, Eb. 230: b. e-u við (b. við skildi), to ward off with …, Vápn. 5; but chiefly metaph. to put forth as an example, to laud, wonder at, etc.; þínum drengskap skal ek við b., Nj. 18; þessum mun ek við b. Áslaugar órunum, Fas. i. 257; nú mun ek því við b. ( I will speak loud), at ek hefi eigi fyr náð við þik at tala, Lv. 53: b. e-u á, to give out, pretend; hann brá á því at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar, Sturl. iii. 197, Fms. viii. 59, x. 322. β. to deviate from, disregard; vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum, Fær. 50, Nj. 13, 109, Ísl. ii. 198, Grág. i. 359; b. af marki, to alter the mark, 397.
    5. to turn, alter, change; b. lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale, etc., Fms. ii. 7, Vígl. 24; b. sér við e-t, to alter one’s mien, shew signs of pain, emotion, or the like, Nj. 116; b. e-m í (or b. á sik) e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape, Bret. 13; at þú brátt þér í merar líki, Ölk. 37; hann brá á sik ýmissa dýra líki, Edda (pref.) 149.
    II. to break up or off, leave off, give up; b. búi, to give up one’s household, Grág. i. 153, Eg. 116, 704; b. tjöldum, to break up, strike the tents, Fms. iv. 302; b. samvist, to part, leave off living together, ii. 295; b. ráðahag, to break off an engagement, esp. wedding, 11; b. boði, to countermand a feast, 194; b. kaupi, to break off a bargain, Nj. 51, Rd. 251; b. sýslu, to leave off working, Fms. vi. 349; b. svefni, blundi, to awake, Sdm. 2; smátt bregðr slíkt svefni mínum, Lv. 53; b. tali, to break off talking, Vápn. 22; b. orustu, to break off the battle, Bret.: esp. freq. in poetry, b. hungri, föstu, sulti, to break or quell the hunger (of the wolf); b. gleði; b. lífi, fjörvi, to put to death, etc., Lex. Poët.
    2. to break faith, promise, or the like; b. máli, Grág. i. 148; trúnaði, Nj. 141; brugðið var öllu sáttmáli, Hkr. ii. 121; b. heiti, Alvm. 3: absol., ef bóandi bregðr við griðmann ( breaks a bargain), Grág. i. 153.
    3. reflex., bregðask e-m (or absol.), to deceive, fail, in faith or friendship; Gunnarr kvaðsk aldri skyldu b. Njáli né sonum hans, Nj. 57; bregðsk þú oss nú eigi, do not deceive us, Fms. vi. 17; vant er þó at vita hverir mér eru trúir ef feðrnir b., ii. 11; en þeim brásk framhlaupit, i. e. they failed in the onslaught, vii. 298; þat mun eigi bregðask, that cannot fail, Fas. ii. 526, Rb. 50; fáir munu þeir, at einörð sinni haldi, er slíkir brugðusk við oss, Fms. v. 36, Grett. 26 new Ed.
    III. [A. S. brædan, to braid, braider], to ‘braid,’ knot, bind, the band, string being in dat.; hann bregðr í fiskinn öðrum enda, he braided the one end in the fish, Finnb. 220; hón brá hárinu undir belli sér, she braided her hair under her belt; (hann) brá ( untied) brókabelti sínu, Fas. i. 47; er þeir höfðu brugðið kaðli um, wound a cable round it, Fms. x. 53; hefir strengrinn brugðizk líttat af fótum honum, the rope had loosened off his feet, xi. 152: but also simply and with acc., b. bragð, to braid a braid, knit a knot, Eg. (in a verse); b. ráð, to weave a plot, (cp. Gr. ράπτειν, Lat. suere), Edda (in a verse); in the proper sense flétta and ríða, q. v., are more usual.
    2. in wrestling; b. e-m, the antagonist in dat., the trick in acc., b. e-m bragð (hæl-krók, sveiflu, etc.)
    3. recipr., of mutual strife; bregðask brögðum, to play one another tricks; b. brigzlum, to scold one another, Grág. ii. 146; b. frumhlaupum, of mutual aggression, 13, 48; bregðask um e-t, to contest a thing, 66, cp. i. 34.
    4. part., brugðinn við e-t, acquainted with a thing; munuð þit brátt brugðnir við meira, i. e. you will soon have greater matters to deal with, Fs. 84; hann er við hvárttveggja b., he is well versed in both, Gísl. 51.
    IV. metaph. to upbraid, blame, with dat. of the person and thing; fár bregðr hinu betra, ef hann veit hit verra (a proverb), Nj. 227; Þórðr blígr brá honum því ( Thord threw it in his face), á Þórsnesþingi, at …, Landn. 101; Kálfr brá mér því í dag, Fms. vi. 105; b. e-m brizglum, Nj. 227.
    B. NEUT. OR ABSOL. without a case, of swift, sudden motion.
    I. b. á e-t, as, b. á leik, gaman, etc., to start or begin sporting, playing; Kimbi brá á gaman, K. took it playfully, i. e. laughed at it, Landn. 101; b. á gamanmál, Fms. xi. 151; þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing, Ld. 220; bregðr hann (viz. the horse) á leik, the horse broke into play, ran away, Fms. xi. 280; Glúmr svaraði vel en brá þó á sitt ráð, Glum gave a gentle answer, but went on in his own way, Nj. 26, Fas. i. 250: the phrase, hönd bregðr á venju, the hand is ready for its old work, Edda (Ht.) verse 26, cp. Nj. ch. 78 (in a verse).
    2. b. við, to start off, set about a thing without delay, at a moment’s notice, may in Engl. often be rendered by at once or the like; brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went, Fms. i. 158; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok varð þeim mjök við felmt, i. e. they took to their heels in a great fright, Nj. 105; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok fara þaðan, 107; bregðr hon við ok hleypr, Grett. 25 new Ed., Bjarn. 60; hrossit bregðr nú við hart, id.; en er Ólafr spurði, at Þorsteinn hafði skjótt við brugðit, ok hafði mikit fjölmenni, Ld. 228.
    β. b. til e-s, þá brá Ingimundr til utanferðar, Ingimund started to go abroad, Sturl. i. 117; b. til Grænlands ferðar, Fb. i. 430.
    II. reflex, to make a sudden motion with the body; Rútr brásk skjótt við undan högginu, Nj. 28, 129; b. við fast, to turn sharply, 58, 97; bregðsk (= bregðr) jarl nú við skjótt ok ferr, the earl started at once, Fms. xi. 11; hann brásk aldregi við ( he remained motionless) er þeir píndu hann, heldr en þeir lysti á stokk eðr stein, vii. 227.
    2. metaph. and of a circumlocutory character; eigi þætti mér ráðið, hvárt ek munda svá skjótt á boð brugðisk hafa, ef …, I am not sure whether I should have been so hasty in bidding you, if …, Ísl. ii. 156; bregðask á beina við e-n, to shew hospitality towards, Fms. viii. 59, cp. bregða sér above.
    β. b. yfir, to exceed; heyra þeir svá mikinn gný at yfir brásk, they heard an awful crash, Mag. 6; þá brásk þat þó yfir jafnan ( it surpassed) er konungr talaði, Fms. x. 322, yet these last two instances may be better read ‘barst,’ vide bera C. IV; bregðask úkunnr, reiðr … við e-t, to be startled at the novelty of a thing, v. 258; b. reiðr við, to get excited, angry at a thing, etc.
    C. IMPERS.
    I. the phrase, e-m bregðr við e-t, of strong emotions, fear, anger, or the like; brá þeim mjök við, er þau sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much, when they saw him come in, Nj. 68; Flosa brá svá við, at hann var í andliti stundum sem blóð, 177; en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, i. e. this news most affected Melkorka’s nurse, Ld. 82; aldri hefi ek mannsblóð séð, ok veit ek eigi hve mér bregðr við, I wot not how it will touch me, Nj. 59; brá honum svá við, at hann gerði fölvan í andliti … ok þann veg brá honum opt síðan ( he was oft since then taken in such fits), þá er vígahugr var á honum, Glúm. 342; en við höggit brá Glæsi svá at …, Eb. 324; Þorkell spurði ef honum hefði brugðit nokkut við þessa sýslu.—Ekki sjám vér þér brugðit hafa við þetta, en þó sýndist mér þér áðr brugðit, Fms. xi. 148.
    β. bregða í brún, to be amazed, shocked, Fms. i. 214; þá brá Guðrúnu mjök í brún um atburð þenna allan saman, Ld. 326, Nj. 14; þat hlægir mik at þeim mun í brún b., 239; nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök ( people were very much startled), því at margir höfðu áðr enga frétt af haft, Band. 7.
    II. with prepp. við, til, í, af; of appearances, kynligu, undarliga bregðr við, it has a weird look, looks uncanny, of visions, dreams, or the like; en þó bregðr nú kynligu við, undan þykir mér nú gaflaðit hvárt-tveggja undan húsinu, Ísl. ii. 352, Nj. 62, 197, Gísl. 83; nú bregðr undrum við, id., Fms. i. 292.
    III. e-m bregðr til e-s, one person turns out like another, cp. the Danish ‘at slægte en paa;’ þat er mælt at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of the man, Nj. 64; en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father, Hkr. iii. 223; er þat líkast, at þér bregði meir í þræla ættina en Þveræinga, it is too likely, that thou wilt show thyself rather to be kith and kin to the thrall’s house than to that of Thweræingar, Fb. i. 434; b. til bernsku, to be childish, Al. 3.
    β. bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of any other seals, Sks. 41 new Ed. (afbrigði).
    IV. to cease; e-u bregðr, it ceases; svá hart … at nyt (dat.) bregði, ( to drive the ewes) so fast that they fail ( to give milk), Grág. ii. 231; þessu tali bregðr aldri (= þetta tal bregzk aldri), this calculation can never fail, Rb. 536; veðráttu (dat.) brá eigi, there was no change in the weather, Grett. 91; skini sólar brá, the sun grew dim, Geisü 19; fjörvi feigra brá, the life of the ‘feys’ came to an end (poët.), Fms. vi. 316 (in a verse); brá föstu, hungri, úlfs, ara, the hunger of wolf and eagle was abated, is a freq. phrase with the poets.
    V. of a sudden appearance; kláða (dat.) brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids itched, Fms. v. 96: of light passing swiftly by, þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, Hkv. 1. 15; ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye; mey brá mér fyrir hvarma steina, a maid passed before my eyes, Snót 117; þar við ugg (dat.) at þrjótum brá, i. e. the rogues were taken by fear, 170.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BREGÐA

  • 105 put

    put
    A n Fin = put option.
    B vtr ( p prés - tt- ; prét, pp put)
    1 ( place) mettre [object] ; put them here please mettez-les ici s'il vous plaît ; to put sth on/under/around etc mettre qch sur/sous/autour de etc ; to put a stamp on a letter mettre un timbre sur une lettre ; to put a lock on the door/a button on a shirt mettre une serrure sur la porte/un bouton sur une chemise ; to put one's arm around sb mettre son bras autour de qn ; to put one's hands in one's pockets mettre les mains dans ses poches ; to put sth in a safe place mettre qch en lieu sûr ; to put sugar in one's tea mettre du sucre dans son thé ; to put more sugar in one's tea ajouter du sucre dans son thé ; to put more soap in the bathroom remettre du savon dans la salle de bains ;
    2 ( cause to go or undergo) to put sth through glisser qch dans [letterbox] ; passer qch par [window] ; faire passer qch à [mincer] ; to put one's head through the window passer la tête par la fenêtre ; to put one's fist through the window casser la fenêtre d'un coup de poing ; to put sth through the books Accts faire passer qch dans les frais généraux ; to put sth through a test faire passer un test à qch ; to put sth through a process faire suivre un processus à qch ; to put sb through envoyer qn à [university, college] ; faire passer qn par [suffering, ordeal] ; faire passer [qch] à qn [test] ; faire suivre [qch] à qn [course] ; after all you've put me through après tout ce que tu m'as fait subir ; to put sb through hell faire souffrir mille morts à qn ; to put one's hand/finger to porter la main/le doigt à [mouth] ;
    3 ( cause to be or do) mettre [person] ; to put sb in prison/on a diet mettre qn en prison/au régime ; to put sb on the train mettre qn dans le train ; to put sb in goal/in defence GB mettre qn dans les buts/en défense ; to put sb in a bad mood/in an awkward position mettre qn de mauvaise humeur/dans une situation délicate ; to put sb to work mettre qn au travail ; to put sb to mending/washing sth faire réparer/laver qch à qn ;
    4 (devote, invest) to put money/energy into sth investir de l'argent/son énergie dans qch ; if you put some effort into your work, you will improve si tu fais des efforts, ton travail sera meilleur ; to put a lot into s'engager à fond pour [work, project] ; sacrifier beaucoup à [marriage] ; to put a lot of effort into sth faire beaucoup d'efforts pour qch ; she puts a lot of herself into her novels il y a beaucoup d'éléments autobiographiques dans ses romans ;
    5 ( add) to put sth towards mettre qch pour [holiday, gift, fund] ; put it towards some new clothes dépense-le en nouveaux vêtements ; to put tax/duty on sth taxer/imposer qch ; to put a penny on income tax GB augmenter d'un pourcent l'impôt sur le revenu ;
    6 ( express) how would you put that in French? comment dirait-on ça en français? ; how can I put it? comment dirai-je? ; it was-how can I put it-unusual c'était-comment dire-original ; that's one way of putting it! iron on peut le dire comme ça! ; as Sartre puts it comme le dit Sartre ; to put it simply pour le dire simplement ; to put it bluntly pour parler franchement ; let me put it another way laissez-moi m'exprimer différemment ; that was very well ou nicely put c'était très bien tourné ; to put one's feelings/one's anger into words trouver les mots pour exprimer ses sentiments/sa colère ; to put sth in writing mettre qch par écrit ;
    7 ( offer for consideration) présenter [argument, point of view, proposal] ; to put sth to soumettre qch à [meeting, conference, board] ; to put sth to the vote mettre qch au vote ; I put it to you that Jur j'ai la présomption que ;
    8 (rate, rank) placer ; where would you put it on a scale of one to ten? où est-ce que tu placerais cela sur une échelle allant de un à dix? ; to put sb in the top rank of artists placer qn au premier rang des artistes ; I put a sense of humour before good looks je place le sens de l'humour avant la beauté ; I put a sense of humour first pour moi le plus important c'est le sens de l'humour ; to put children/safety first faire passer les enfants/la sécurité avant tout ; to put one's family before everything faire passer sa famille avant tout ;
    9 ( estimate) to put sth at évaluer qch à [sum] ; to put the value of sth at estimer la valeur de qch à [sum] ; I'd put him at about 40 je lui donnerais à peu près 40 ans ;
    10 Sport lancer [shot] ;
    11 Agric ( for mating) to put a heifer/mare to amener une génisse/jument à [male].
    C v refl ( p prés - tt- ; prét, pp put) to put oneself in a strong position/in sb's place se mettre dans une position de force/à la place de qn.
    I didn't know where to put myself je ne savais pas où me mettre ; I wouldn't put it past him! je ne pense pas que ça le gênerait! (to do de faire) ; I wouldn't put anything past her! je la crois capable de tout! ; put it there ! ( invitation to shake hands) tope là! ; to put it about a bit péj coucher à droite et à gauche ; to put one over ou across GB on sb faire marcher qn .
    put about:
    put about Naut virer de bord ;
    put [sth] about, put about [sth]
    1 ( spread) faire circuler [rumour, gossip, story] ; to put (it) about that faire courir le bruit que ; it is being put about that le bruit court que ;
    2 Naut faire virer de bord [vessel].
    put across [sth], put [sth] across communiquer [idea, message, concept, case, point of view] ; mettre [qch] en valeur [personality] ; to put oneself across se mettre en valeur.
    put aside:
    put aside [sth], put [sth] aside mettre [qch] de côté [money, article, differences, divisions, mistrust].
    put away:
    put away [sth], put [sth] away
    1 ( tidy away) ranger [toys, dishes] ;
    2 ( save) mettre [qch] de côté [money] ;
    3 ( consume) avaler [food] ; descendre [drink] ;
    put away [sb] , put [sb] away
    1 ( in mental hospital) enfermer ; he had to be put away il a fallu l'enfermer ;
    2 ( in prison) boucler [person] (for pour).
    put back:
    put back [sth], put [sth] back
    1 (return, restore) remettre [object] ; to put sth back where it belongs remettre qch à sa place ;
    2 ( postpone) remettre, repousser [meeting, departure] (to à ; until jusqu'à) ; repousser [date] ;
    3 retarder [clock, watch] ; remember to put your clocks back an hour n'oubliez pas de retarder votre pendule d'une heure ;
    4 ( delay) retarder [project, production, deliveries] (by de) ;
    5 ( knock back) descendre [drink, quantity].
    put by GB:
    put [sth] by, put by [sth] mettre [qch] de côté [money] ; to have a bit (of money) put by avoir un peu d'argent de côté.
    put down:
    put down ( land) [aircraft] atterrir (on sur) ;
    put [sth] down, put down [sth]
    1 (on ground, table) poser [object, plane] (on sur) ; mettre [rat poison etc] ;
    2 ( suppress) réprimer [uprising, revolt, opposition] ;
    3 ( write down) mettre (par écrit) [date, time, name] ; put down whatever you like mets ce que tu veux ;
    4 ( ascribe) to put sth down to mettre qch sur le compte de [incompetence, human error etc] ; to put sth down to the fact that imputer qch au fait que ;
    5 ( charge) to put sth down to mettre qch sur [account] ;
    6 Vet ( by injection) piquer ; ( by other method) abattre ; to have a dog put down faire piquer un chien ;
    7 (advance, deposit) to put down a deposit verser des arrhes ; to put £50 down on sth verser 50 livres d'arrhes sur qch ;
    8 (lay down, store) mettre [qch] en cave [wine] ; affiner [cheese] ;
    9 ( put on agenda) inscrire [qch] à l'ordre du jour [motion] ;
    put [sb] down, put down [sb]
    1 ( drop off) déposer [passenger] ; to put sb down on the corner déposer qn au coin de la rue ;
    2 ( humiliate) rabaisser [person] ;
    3 gen Sch ( into lower group) faire descendre [pupil, team] (from de ; to, into à) ;
    4 (classify, count in) to put sb down as considérer qn comme [possibility, candidate, fool] ; I'd never have put you down as a Scotsman! je ne t'aurais jamais pris pour un Écossais! ; to put sb down for ( note as wanting or offering) compter [qch] pour qn [contribution] ; ( put on waiting list) inscrire qn sur la liste d'attente pour [school, club] ; put me down for a meal compte un repas pour moi ; to put sb down for £10 compter 10 livres pour qn ; to put sb down for three tickets réserver trois billets pour qn.
    put forth [sth], put [sth] forth
    1 présenter [shoots, leaves, buds] ;
    2 fig émettre [idea, theory].
    put forward [sth], put [sth] forward
    1 ( propose) avancer [idea, theory, name] ; soumettre [plan, proposal, suggestion] ; émettre [opinion] ;
    2 ( in time) avancer [meeting, date, clock] (by de ; to à) ; don't forget to put your clocks forward one hour n'oubliez pas d'avancer votre pendule d'une heure ;
    put [sb] forward, put forward [sb] présenter la candidature de (for pour) ;
    put sb forward as présenter qn comme [candidate] ; to put oneself forward présenter sa candidature, se présenter ; to put oneself forward as a candidate présenter sa candidature ; to put oneself forward for se présenter pour [post].
    put in:
    put in
    1 [ship] faire escale (at à ; to dans ; for pour) ;
    2 ( apply) to put in for [person] postuler pour [job, promotion, rise] ; demander [transfer, overtime] ;
    put in [sth], put [sth] in
    1 (fit, install) installer [central heating, shower, kitchen] ; to have sth put in faire installer qch ;
    2 ( make) faire [request, claim, offer, bid] ; to put in an application for déposer une demande de [visa, passport] ; poser sa candidature pour [job] ; to put in a protest protester ; to put in an appearance faire une apparition ;
    3 ( contribute) passer [time, hours, days] ; contribuer pour [sum, amount] ; they are each putting in £1 m chacun apporte une contribution d'un million de livres ; to put in a lot of time doing consacrer beaucoup de temps à faire ; to put in a good day's work avoir une bonne journée de travail ; to put in a lot of work se donner beaucoup de mal ; thank you for all the work you've put in merci pour tout le mal que tu t'es donné ;
    4 ( insert) mettre [paragraph, word, reference] ; to put in that mettre que ; to put in how/why expliquer comment/pourquoi ;
    5 ( elect) élire ; that puts the Conservatives in again les conservateurs ont donc été élus encore une fois ;
    put [sb] in for présenter [qn] pour [exam, scholarship] ; poser la candidature de [qn] pour [promotion, job] ; recommander [qn] pour [prize, award] ; to put oneself in for poser sa candidature pour [job, promotion].
    put off:
    put off Naut partir ;
    put off from s'éloigner de [quay, jetty] ;
    put off [sth], put [sth] off
    1 (delay, defer) remettre [qch] (à plus tard) [wedding, meeting] ; to put sth off until June/until after Christmas remettre qch à juin/à après Noël ; I should see a doctor, but I keep putting it off je devrais voir un médecin, mais je remets toujours ça à plus tard ; to put off visiting sb/doing one's homework remettre à plus tard une visite chez qn/ses devoirs ;
    2 ( turn off) éteindre [light, radio] ; couper [radiator, heating] ;
    put off [sb], put [sb] off
    1 (fob off, postpone seeing) décommander [guest] ; dissuader [person] ; to put sb off coming with an excuse trouver une excuse pour dissuader qn de venir ; to be easily put off se décourager facilement ;
    2 ( repel) [appearance, smell, colour] dégoûter ; [manner, person] déconcerter ; to put sb off sth dégoûter qn de qch ; don't be put off by the colour-it tastes delicious! ne te laisse pas dégoûter par la couleur-c'est délicieux! ;
    3 GB ( distract) distraire ; stop trying to put me off! arrête de me distraire! ; you're putting me off my work tu me distrais de mon travail ;
    4 ( drop off) déposer [passenger].
    put on:
    put on [sth], put [sth] on
    1 mettre [garment, hat, cream, lipstick] ;
    2 (switch on, operate) allumer [light, gas, radio, heating] ; mettre [record, tape, music] ; to put the kettle on mettre de l'eau à chauffer ; to put the brakes on freiner ;
    3 ( gain) prendre [weight, kilo] ;
    4 ( add) rajouter [extra duty, tax] ;
    5 ( produce) monter [play, exhibition] ;
    6 (assume, adopt) prendre [air, accent, look, expression] ; he's putting it on il fait semblant ;
    7 (lay on, offer) ajouter [extra train, bus service] ; proposer [meal, dish] ;
    8 ( put forward) avancer [clock] ;
    9 Turf ( bet) parier [amount] ; to put a bet on faire un pari ;
    put [sb] on
    1 Telecom ( connect) passer ; I'll put him on je vous le passe ;
    2 US faire marcher [person] ;
    3 ( recommend) to put sb on to sth indiquer qch à qn ; who put you on to me? qui vous a envoyé à moi? ;
    4 ( put on track of) to put sb on to mettre qn sur la piste de [killer, criminal, runaway].
    put out:
    put out
    1 Naut partir (from de) ; to put out to sea mettre à la mer ;
    2 US péj coucher avec n'importe qui ;
    put out [sth], put [sth] out
    1 ( extend) tendre [hand, arm, foot, leg] ; to put out one's tongue tirer la langue ;
    2 ( extinguish) éteindre [fire, cigarette, candle, light] ;
    3 ( take outside) sortir [bin, garbage] ; faire sortir [cat] ;
    4 ( issue) diffuser [description, report, warning] ; faire [statement] ; propager [rumour] ;
    5 (make available, arrange) mettre [food, dishes, towels etc] ;
    6 ( sprout) déployer [shoot, bud, root] ;
    7 ( cause to be wrong) fausser [figure, estimate, result] ;
    8 ( dislocate) se démettre [shoulder, ankle] ;
    9 ( subcontract) confier [qch] en sous-traitance [work] (to à) ;
    put [sb] out
    1 ( inconvenience) déranger ; to put oneself out se mettre en quatre (to do pour faire) ; to put oneself out for sb se donner beaucoup de mal pour qn ; don't put yourself out for us ne vous dérangez pas pour nous ;
    2 ( annoy) contrarier ; he looked really put out il avait l'air vraiment contrarié ;
    3 ( evict) expulser.
    put [sth] through, put through [sth]
    1 ( implement) faire passer [reform, bill, amendment, plan, measure] ;
    2 Telecom ( transfer) passer [call] (to à) ; she put through a call from my husband elle m'a passé mon mari ;
    put [sb] through Telecom passer [caller] (to à) ; I'm just putting you through je vous le/la passe ; I was put through to another department on m'a passé un autre service.
    put [sb/sth] together, put together [sb/sth]
    1 ( assemble) assembler [pieces, parts] ; to put sth together again, to put sth back together reconstituer qch ; more/smarter than all the rest put together plus/plus intelligent que tous les autres réunis ;
    2 ( place together) mettre ensemble [animals, objects, people] ;
    3 ( form) former [coalition, partnership, group, team, consortium] ;
    4 (edit, make) constituer [file, portfolio, anthology] ; rédiger [newsletter, leaflet] ; établir [list] ; faire [film, programme, video] ;
    5 ( concoct) improviser [meal] ;
    6 ( present) constituer [case] ; construire [argument, essay].
    put up:
    put up
    1 ( stay) to put up at sb's se faire héberger par qn ; to put up in a hotel descendre à l'hôtel ;
    2 to put up with ( tolerate) supporter [behaviour, person] ; to have a lot to put up with avoir beaucoup de choses à supporter ;
    put up [sth] opposer [resistance] ; to put up a fight/struggle combattre ; to put up a good performance [team, competitor] bien se défendre ;
    put [sth] up, put up [sth]
    1 ( raise) hisser [flag, sail] ; relever [hair] ; to put up one's hand/leg lever la main/la jambe ; put your hands up! ( in class) levez le doigt! ; put 'em up ! ( to fight) bats-toi! ; ( to surrender) haut les mains! ;
    2 ( post up) mettre [sign, poster, notice, plaque, decorations] ; afficher [list] ; to put sth up on the wall/on the board afficher qch sur le mur/au tableau ;
    3 (build, erect) dresser [fence, barrier, tent] ; construire [building, memorial] ;
    4 (increase, raise) augmenter [rent, prices, tax] ; faire monter [temperature, pressure] ;
    5 ( provide) fournir [money, amount, percentage] (for pour ; to do pour faire) ;
    6 ( present) soumettre [proposal, argument] ; to put sth up for discussion soumettre qch à la discussion ;
    7 ( put in orbit) placer [qch] en orbite [satellite, probe] ;
    put [sb] up, put up [sb]
    1 ( lodge) héberger ;
    2 ( as candidate) présenter [candidate] ; to put sb up for proposer qn comme [leader, chairman] ; proposer qn pour [promotion, position] ; to put oneself up for se proposer comme [chairman] ; se proposer pour [post] ;
    3 ( promote) faire passer [qn] au niveau supérieur [pupil] ; to be put up [pupil, team] monter (to dans) ;
    4 ( incite) to put sb up to sth/to doing pousser [qn] à/à faire ; somebody must have put her up to it quelqu'un a dû l'y pousser.
    put upon:
    put upon [sb] abuser de [person] ; to be put upon se faire marcher sur les pieds ; to feel put upon avoir l'impression de se faire marcher sur les pieds ; I won't be put upon any more je ne me ferai plus jamais avoir .

    Big English-French dictionary > put

  • 106 من

    مِن \ by: (showing how sth. is done): We hold things by the handle. We know people by name. We learn by experience. We earn money by working. from: showing the time that sth. started: I waited from six o’clock till eight, showing where sth. began or was obtained Are men descended from monkeys? He read aloud from the newspaper, showing cause He suffered from stomach pains, showing the lower limit of costs, numbers, etc. New bicycles cost from $60 to $90 each, showing a change The price rose from 20 pence to 25 pence, showing difference I don’t know one from the other, showing the place that one has left He arrived from Glasgow. of: (after a noun) showing contents, amount, kind, etc.: a cup of coffee (a cup that contains coffee); a cupful of coffee (enough coffee to fill a cup); a pound of sugar (sugar that weighs a pound); a piece of bread (not a whole loaf), (after an adj. or verb) concerning; about: I’m sure of it. She’s afraid of mice, (after a verb) showing a cause He died of hunger, (after an adj.) showing who did sth. and how he did it It was kind of your father to invite me (Your father was kind...), (after a participle) showing how sth. is formed a dress made of silk. than: used in comparing two objects; here the second subject and verb are always left out: I like you better than him (I like you better than I like him), used in comparing two subjects; it is better to put in the second verb, although some writers leave it out He is taller than I (am). He runs faster than I (do). \ مِن أَجْل \ because of: as a result of: Because of his illness, he could not travel. for: because of: He jumped for joy. She was sent to prison for stealing. for sb. to do sth.: that sb. should do sth.: I’m anxious for him to pass his exams. sake, for the sake of, for sb.’s sake: for the desire of: Why ruin your health for the sake of a little pleasure?, for the good of; so as to help: Soldiers die for the sake of their county (or for their country’s sake). Don’t take any risks for my sake. towards: as a help to: He gave me $5 towards the cost of my bicycle. \ مِن أَجْل ذلك \ hence: (often with no verb) for this reason: My car broke down; hence my late arrival. \ مِن أحدث طِراز \ up to date: up to the present moment; modern; knowing or showing the latest facts: Give me an up-to-date report on political events in South America. \ مِن أَصْل \ out: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ preferably: if possible: Any day suits me, but preferably not Sunday. \ مِن الأَفْضَل \ had better: would be wise to: You had better try again tomorrow. \ See Also الأَجْدى لِـ \ مِن الآن \ hence: from now: A week hence I shall be in Rome. \ مِن... إلى \ from... to...: (without a or the) showing passage of time, distance in space, or repeated action: He visits me from time to time. He went from house to house in search of work. \ مِن آن إلى آخر \ every now and again, every now and then: again and again, but with no regular space between. \ مِن الآن فَصَاعِدًا \ henceforth, henceforward: from now on; in future. on: onwards: From now on I shall be more careful. \ مِن البداية إلى النهاية \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن بَعْدُ \ since: after; during the period after: I saw him on Tuesday, but I haven’t seen him since. I’ve been thinking about him ever since. \ مِن بَعيد \ from afar: from a great distance. \ مِن بَين \ out of: from among: Ten out of the twenty people were late. \ مِن ثَمَّ \ subsequently: afterwards: He became ill in the winter, and subsequently died. \ مِن جَانِبٍ إِلَى آخر \ across: form one side to the other: Run across before a car comes. The river is half a mile across. over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ مِن جَديد \ afresh: again; making a new beginning: Tear up this page and start afresh. \ مِن جَمِيع الجهَات \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن جَمِيع الوُجوه تقريبًا \ to all intents and purposes: in regard to all that matters: To all intents and purposes, the work is finished (though a few unimportant points remain to be dealt with). \ مِن جِهة \ in respect of, with respect to, respecting: concerning: a bill in respect of car repairs. on the part of: in the case of; so far as sb. is concerned: There was no mistake on her part (If there was a mistake, it was not hers). \ مِن جهة ومِن الجهة الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن الحديد \ iron: made of iron; as strong as iron: an iron bar; an iron will. \ مِن حُسن التوفيق \ happily: fortunately: Happily, he was not hurt in the accident. a good job: a fortunate thing: It’s a good job that you crossed before the bridge fell. fortunately: adv. as the result of good fortune: He fell down but fortunately did not hurt himself. \ See Also لحسن الحظ (لِحُسْنِ الحَظّ)‏ \ مِن حَوْل \ around: on all sides (of); round; here and there: The boys were running around. A crowd gathered around me. \ مِن حَيْثُ شَخْصُهُ \ personally: as a person (in regard to character); socially: I like him personally, but I dislike his political ideas. \ مِن حِين لآخَر \ occasional: happening sometimes, but not regularly: We had an occasional quarrel. now and again, now and then: sometimes. \ مِن خِلال \ through: from one side to the other; from one end to the other: He drove a nail through (the board). A river ran through (the town). Water runs through pipes. I looked through the window, but I couldn’t see far through the mist. I read through my notes. \ مِن الدرجة الأولى \ first-class, first-rate: of the best quality: He is a first-class photographer. \ مِن سُخْرِية الأقدار \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِنَ الشرق \ eastern: belonging to the east. \ مِن صُنْعِ اليَد \ hand-made: made by hand, not by a machine: Hand-made shoes. \ مِن الضروريّ أن كما \ must: (p.t.. had to, neg.. needn’t, don’t/didn’t need to; don’t/didn’t have to) need to: You must go now, mustn’t you? Yes, I must. No, I needn’t go yet. \ مِن الطبيعيّ \ it goes without saying (that): naturally; of course: The invitation was sent to me; but it goes without saying that my wife is included. \ مِن الطراز القديم \ old-fashioned: (of people) holding on to old ideas and customs; (of things) not modern; no longer used. \ مِن طَرَف لآخر \ through: passing from one side or place to another; making a continuous journey: a through train. \ مِن عَجيب التَّقادِير \ ironic(al): (of events) like a cruel joke: It was ironical that she should break her leg just when she had at last got a job as a dancer. \ مِن عَلى ظهر السفينة \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن غَيْر \ without: not with; not having: Without doubt, this is the best. I did it without his help. He took my bicycle without asking me. \ مِن غَيْر حَرَج \ freely: readily: They freely accepted my advice. \ مِنَ الفراء \ fur: animal skin, with the fur on it, used as clothing: a coat with a collar of fur; a fur hat. \ مِنَ الفِراش \ up: out of bed: I get up at 6.30 every morning. We stayed up very late last night. \ مِن فَضْلِك \ kindly: please!: kindly close the door!. please: (when asking) giving a polite order: Please stop that noise. A cup of coffee, please, asking for a favour or for permission Will you help me, please? Please, may I use your pen?. \ مِن فَوْق \ over: across, from one side of sth. to the other: He jumped over the fence. The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ مِن فَوق سَطْح المَرْكَب \ overboard: over the side of a boat, and into the water: They jumped overboard when the ship was on fire. \ مِن قَبْل \ ago: before the present time: 100 years ago; a short while ago. already: before this time: She’s already married. before: at an earlier time (than): I have been here before. beforehand: before; early; in readiness: If you want your dinner early, warn the cook beforehand. \ مِن قِبَل \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ مِن قَلْبٍ مُخْلص \ heartily: thoroughly: I heartily agree with you. \ مِنَ المُؤسِف \ pity: (with a) an unfortunate fact or happening: It’s a pity that you can’t go with us to the cinema. \ مِنَ المُحَتَّم \ bound, (bind, bound) to: certain to: He’s bound to win. \ See Also المُؤَكَّد أَنّ \ مِنَ المُحْتَمَل \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired. \ مِن مُدّةٍ قريبة \ the other day: a few days ago: I met your son the other day. \ مِن المَرْتَبَة أو الدَّرَجة الثّانِية \ second-class: of the next level below that of top quality: The less comfortable second-class seats were much cheaper than the first-class ones. \ مِن المَفْروض أنّ \ be supposed to: to have a duty to; be expected to: You’re supposed to be working now, not playing. You’re not supposed to be here (You ought not be here). \ مِن مَكانٍ لآخَر \ about: from place to place in: We wandered about the town. \ مِن المُمْكِن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (with an if clause, showing a possibility that depends on sth. else) would be able to: She could buy it if you lent her the money. possibly: perhaps: Possibly you can help. well: (with may) very possibly; with good reason: He may well be late if the road is being repaired.. \ مِنَ المُمْكِن أن \ could, (could not, couldn’t): (showing a simple possibility): You could telephone her (if you wanted to). might: expressing a weak possibility (future, present or past): She might do that tomorrow; she might be doing it at this moment; she might even have done it already (but I doubt that she has done it or ever will do it). \ مِنْ ناحية... مِنَ الناحية الأخرى \ on the one hand, on the other hand: comparing opposite facts or ideas; the first phrase is often left out: (On the one hand) you can live more cheaply in the country; on the other hand, work is harder to find there. \ مِن النّاحية النظريّة \ in theory: as an idea; according to ideas: Your plan may work in theory, but it will not work in practice. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ earl: the title of a British nobleman. \ مِنَ النُّبَلاء \ noble: of high rank: a woman of noble birth. \ See Also الأشراف \ مِنْ نِتاج الوَطَن \ home-grown: (of food) grown in one’s own country, not in another country: home-grown vegetables. \ مِنْ نُسْخَتَين \ in duplicate: on two separate copies: Please complete this list in duplicate. \ مِنْ نَسْل \ descendant: sb. who is descended from a person: a descendant of Queen Victoria. \ See Also ذرية (ذُرِّيَّة)‏ \ مِنْ نَفْس البَلَد \ countryman, countrymen: (usu. fellow countryman) a person of the same nation as another. \ مِنْ نوع راق \ classical: of proved and lasting value: classical music. \ مَنْ هُم أَعْلَى مقَامًا \ betters, one’s betters: those who have more experience or higher rank than onself: Treat your betters with more respect. \ See Also أَرْفَع شَأنًا مِن \ مِن هُنَا \ away: (with verbs of movement) to a distance: Go away! We drove the dog away. by: past: Please let me (get) by. He smiled as he went by. \ مَن هو أَعْلَى دَرَجَةً \ superior: sb. of higher rank: You must obey your superiors. \ مِن واجبه أن \ up to: the duty of: It’s up to his father to punish him. \ مِن وَاحِد إلى آخَر \ over: across, from one person to another: She handed over the keys to a friend. \ مِن الواضح \ much: (in comparison; before most, etc.) without doubt; clearly: He is much the most experienced player in the team. \ مِن وَراءِ ظَهْرِه \ behind sb.’s back: when someone is not present: He tells untrue stories about me behind my back. \ مِن وَقْت لاِخَر \ now and again: sometimes. off and on, on and off: not continuously; at one time and another: It has been raining off and on the whole day. sometimes: at certain times but not always: Sometimes I win and sometimes I don’t. England sometimes has a hot summer, but not often.

    Arabic-English dictionary > من

  • 107 show

    1. [ʃəʋ] n
    1. показ, демонстрация

    to make a show of smth. - демонстрировать что-л., выставлять что-л. напоказ [см. тж. 7]

    to make (a) show of friendship - проявлять дружеские чувства /дружелюбие, дружеское расположение/ [ср. тж. 6]

    2. 1) выставка

    flower [cattle, dog] show - выставка цветов [скота, собак]

    travelling show - бродячий зверинец; бродячий цирк, балаган

    to be on show - быть выставленным (где-л.), быть экспонатом выставки

    to set smth. to show - выставлять /показывать/ на выставке

    2) пышная процессия
    3. 1) разг. зрелище, спектакль, представление

    to act in dumb show - а) участвовать в пантомиме; б) объясняться знаками /жестами/

    to put up a good show - а) хорошо поставить спектакль; б) добиваться хороших результатов; ≅ показывать товар лицом; [ср. тж. 8, 2)]

    to steal the show - а) затмить, переиграть всех остальных актёров; the woman can act, but the child stole the show - она хорошая актриса, но внимание зрителей было больше всего привлечено к ребёнку; б) оказаться в центре внимания

    2) шоу, эстрадное представление
    3) радио, тлв. передача

    talk /chat/ show - беседа или интервью со знаменитостью, видным деятелем и т. п.

    4) киносеанс
    5) спорт. выступление
    6) авиационный праздник; показательные полёты
    4. разг. вечер, приём, банкет, торжество

    to do a show - присутствовать на вечере /на банкете, на торжестве/

    to do shows - появляться /бывать/ в обществе

    5. 1) картина, вид, зрелище

    good [bad, striking] show - прекрасное [отвратительное, поразительное] зрелище

    to be /to make/ a spectacular [a poor] show - представлять /являть/ собой эффектное [жалкое] зрелище

    2) жалкое зрелище, нелепая картина

    I don't like to make a show of myself before strangers - мне не хочется предстать в глупом виде перед посторонними

    6. книжн. внешний вид; видимость

    the show of things - внешний вид /-яя оболочка/ вещей

    for show - для видимости, для виду [см. тж. 7]

    a show of justice [of kindness] - (одна лишь) видимость справедливости [доброты]

    to make (a) show of anger - делать вид, что сердишься [ср. тж. 1]

    to have /to bear, to carry/ a show of respectability - сохранять внешнюю респектабельность /благоприличие/

    7. показная сторона; внешний эффект

    for show - для внешнего эффекта, напоказ [см. тж. 6]

    to make (a) show of smth. - слишком подчёркивать /выпячивать/ что-л. [см. тж. 1]

    8. 1) разг. дело, предприятие

    to run /to boss, to manage/ the (whole) show - (всем) заправлять

    to give the (whole) show away - а) разгласить план, намерение и т. п.; б) проболтаться

    2) воен. разг. дело, бой, операция

    to put up a show - драться, сражаться, побывать в деле [ср. тж. 3, 1)]

    9. проявление, признак

    show of reason - признак /проявление/ благоразумия

    with some show of reason - с некоторым /разумным/ основанием

    some suggested, without good show of reason, that... - некоторые высказали мысль, без особых на то оснований, что...

    10. амер. разг. возможность, шанс

    to give smb. a (fair) show (to do smth.) - предоставить кому-л. (благоприятную) возможность (сделать что-л.); отнестись к кому-л. непредубеждённо

    to have /to stand/ a show - иметь возможность /шанс(ы)/

    11. 1) амер., австрал. следы, признаки наличия

    a show of gold in a mine - признаки /следы/ золота в шахте

    not a show of affection - никакого намёка /ничего похожего/ на любовь

    there is not the slightest show of bud as yet - на деревьях ещё не появилось ни одной почки

    2) горн. ореол (на предохранительной лампе, указывающий на наличие метана)
    12. спорт. жарг. третье место или одно из трёх первых мест (на скачках и т. п.)
    13. физиол. воды ( предродовые)

    good show! - замечательно!, здорово (сделано)!

    2. [ʃəʋ] a
    показательный

    the show pupil in the class - образцовый /лучший/ ученик в классе

    show piece - муз. произведение, требующее виртуозного исполнения

    3. [ʃəʋ] v (showed [-{ʃəʋ}d]; shown, редк. showed)
    I
    1. 1) показывать

    to show a picture [a dress] to smb. - показать картину [платье] кому-л.

    we showed him the sights of the town - мы показали ему достопримечательности города

    a sight that only Moscow can show - то, что можно увидеть только в Москве

    the basement window showed him just the feet of passers-by - из подвального окна ему были видны лишь ноги прохожих

    2) показываться, появляться
    2. 1) указывать

    to show smb. the way - а) показать кому-л. дорогу; б) показать кому-л. пример, быть первым

    to show smb. the door - указать кому-л. на дверь

    2) показывать, объяснять, учить

    to show smb. how /the way/ to do smth. - показывать /объяснять/ кому-л., как (нужно) делать что-л.

    to show smb. a thing or two - объяснить кому-л. что к чему

    3. 1) выставлять; экспонировать

    to show flowers [paintings] - выставлять (для обозрения) /экспонировать/ цветы [картины]

    2) выставлять для продажи, предлагать ( товары)

    the stores are showing new spring suits - магазины предлагают новые весенние костюмы

    4. изображать

    to show smb., smth. accurately [vaguely] - изображать /описывать/ кого-л., что-л. точно [расплывчато]

    5. разг.
    1) театр. играть, давать ( спектакль)

    they are showing❝Hamlet❞ tonight - сегодня играют «Гамлета», сегодня идёт «Гамлет»

    this play has been shown in every town - этот спектакль показывали во всех городах

    2) выступать на ринге ( бокс)
    6. выявлять, устанавливать

    to show the impossibility of smth., to show that smth. is impossible - доказывать невозможность чего-л.

    to show smb. to be a coward [a swindler] - разоблачить кого-л. как труса [как мошенника]

    to show smb.'s designs - разоблачить чьи-л. интриги

    he showed the plan to be faulty on - показал, что план составлен неудачно

    7. проявлять, обнаруживать

    to show kindness to smb. - проявлять /выказывать/ расположение (по отношению) к кому-л.

    to show hatred towards smb. - выражать ненависть к кому-л.

    to show smb. favour [honour, courtesy] - оказывать кому-л. услугу [честь, любезность]

    to show signs of smth. - обнаруживать признаки чего-л.

    he showed every mark of extreme agitation - но всему было видно, что он очень возбуждён

    to show that one is nervous [annoyed, impatient] - выдавать своё волнение [раздражение, нетерпение]

    his nature showed strong in adversity - превратности судьбы выявили силу его характера, в несчастье он проявил силу характера

    8. 1) оттенять, выделять
    2) выделяться, виднеться; быть видным, заметным

    the stain shows - пятно заметно /видно/

    oil paintings show best at a distance - живопись лучше смотрится на расстоянии

    9. появляться ( в обществе), бывать ( на людях; тж. show up)

    not to show one's face /one's head/ - не появляться; ≅ глаз не казать

    he showed himself in public places to quiet rumours that he was ill - он стал появляться в обществе, чтобы положить конец слухам о своей болезни

    10. выглядеть, казаться, иметь вид

    to show white [dark] (in the distance) - белеть [темнеть] (вдалеке)

    to show massive [strong] - выглядеть /казаться/ массивным [сильным]

    the coast showed like /as/ a line (from here) - берег казался (отсюда) полоской

    11. спорт. жарг. занять третье место или одно из трёх первых мест (на скачках и т. п.)
    II А
    1. предъявлять ( документ)

    to show one's ticket [one's passport] - предъявить билет [паспорт]

    to show a document for inspection - предъявить /представить/ документ для ознакомления /для проверки/

    2. показывать, отмечать ( о приборе)

    a barometer shows the air pressure - барометр показывает атмосферное давление

    the watch shows 10 (a.m.) - на часах ровно десять (утра)

    3. юр. представлять ( доказательства)
    II Б
    1. to show smb. to /into, over, round/ place провожать, сопровождать кого-л. куда-л.

    to show smb. to the gate [to the door] - проводить кого-л. до ворот [до двери]

    to show smb. to his seat - провести кого-л. на место (в кино, самолёте)

    to show smb. round smth. - сопровождать кого-л. ( во время осмотра)

    to show smb. round a town [round an exhibition] - показывать кому-л. город [выставку]; знакомить кого-л. с городом [с выставкой]

    a servant showed them into the drawing room - служанка ввела их в гостиную

    I was shown upstairs to his den - меня проводили наверх, в его кабинет

    he showed us over the ship [over the works, over the city] - он поводил нас по всему кораблю [заводу, городу]

    2. to show oneself ( to be) smb. проявить себя кем-л., оказаться кем-л.

    to show oneself a gentleman [a coward] - оказаться настоящим джентльменом [трусом]

    3. to show oneself ( to be) good, bad, etc проявить себя с хорошей, плохой и т. п. стороны

    to show oneself cruel [clever] - проявить жестокость [ум]

    to have smth. to show for one's labour [for one's expenditure] - не зря потрудиться [потратиться]

    to have nothing to show for it - ничего не добиться, зря стараться

    to show smth. the fire - (слегка) подогреть или поджарить что-л.

    to show a sign - а) подать знак; б) библ. творить чудо

    to show a marvel = to show a sign б)

    to show one's paces - спорт. жарг. выложиться, показать, на что способен

    to show one's hand /one's cards/ - а) карт. открыть карты; б) раскрыть свои карты /планы/

    to show fight - не уступать, не поддаваться; рваться в бой

    to show (smb.) one's heels, to show (smb.) a clean /a fair, a light/ pair of heels - дать стрекача, дать тягу, улепётывать (от кого-л.)

    to show one's colours - мор. а) показывать флаг; б) демонстрировать свою приверженность (чему-л.); носить значок, эмблему и т. п. в знак принадлежности к какой-л. партии; в) сбросить маску (тж. to show one's true colours)

    to show kit - сл. чувствовать тошноту

    to show a leg - а) сл. вставать с постели; б) улизнуть

    to show smb. London - школ. жарг. перевернуть кого-л. вверх тормашками

    НБАРС > show

  • 108 présent

    I.
    présent1, e [pʀezɑ̃, ɑ̃t]
    1. adjective
    répondre présent to answer "present"
    2. masculine noun
       a. ( = époque) le présent the present
    à présent at present presently (US) ; ( = maintenant) now
    3. feminine noun
    présente (Administration = lettre) nous vous signalons par la présente que... we hereby inform you that...
    II.
    présent2 [pʀezɑ̃]
    masculine noun
    * * *

    1.
    présente pʀezɑ̃, ɑ̃t adjectif
    1) ( sur les lieux) [personne] present

    M. Glénat, ici présent — Mr Glénat, who is here with us

    il ne sera pas présent à l'audienceDroit he will not appear in court

    ‘présent!’ — ( à l'école) ‘here!’, ‘present!’

    j'étais présent en pensée or par le cœur — I was there in spirit

    2) ( existant) present

    avoir présent à l'esprit — to have [something] in mind [conseil]; to have [something] fresh in one's mind [souvenir]

    gardez or ayez bien présent à l'esprit que — bear in mind that

    3) ( actif) actively involved
    4) ( actuel) [moment, situation, état] present
    5) ( en cause) present

    par la présente lettre — by the present (letter), hereby Droit

    6) Linguistique [temps, participe] present

    2.
    nom masculin, féminin ( personne)

    3.
    nom masculin
    1) ( période)
    2) Linguistique ( temps) present (tense)
    3) ( cadeau) gift, present

    4.
    à présent locution adverbiale ( en ce moment) at present; ( maintenant) now
    * * *
    pʀezɑ̃, ɑ̃t présent, -e
    1. adj

    Il sera présent à la conférence. — He will be present at the lecture.

    2)
    3) (avant le nom) present, current
    2. nm
    (temps) present

    à présent — now, at present

    jusqu'à présent — up till now, until now

    3. nm/f
    (= personne)
    4. nf
    (= lettre)

    la présente — this letter, the present letter

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( sur les lieux) [personne] present; j'étais présent quand cela est arrivé I was present ou there when it happened; les personnes présentes those present; les personnes ici présentes the persons here present sout; M. Glénat, ici présent Mr Glénat, who is here with us; être présent à une cérémonie to be present at ou to attend a ceremony; il était présent aux obsèques he was present at ou he attended the funeral; il ne sera pas présent à l'audience Jur he will not appear in court; ‘présent!’ ( à l'école) ‘here!’, ‘present!’; j'étais présent en pensée or par le cœur I was there in spirit; aux prochaines élections le nouveau parti sera présent fig at the next elections the new party will be represented; pour aller au cinéma il est toujours présent! fig he's always ready to go to the cinema GB ou movies US!;
    2 ( existant) present; la violence est présente à toutes les pages violence is present on every page; la faim est toujours présente dans cette partie du monde there's still hunger in that part of the world; la société, présente depuis peu dans ce secteur the company, which has recently moved into this sector; avoir présent à l'esprit to have [sth] in mind [conseil]; to have [sth] fresh in one's mind [souvenir]; le souvenir toujours présent de the ever present memory of; gardez or ayez bien présent à l'esprit que bear in mind that;
    3 ( actif) actively involved; être très présent dans une organisation to be actively involved in an organization; la société reste très présente sur le marché the company is still very active on the market; ma mère a toujours été très présente ( dans ma vie) my mother has always been there for me; un acteur/un chanteur très présent sur scène an actor/a singer with a strong stage presence;
    4 ( actuel) [moment, situation, état] present; ne penser qu'au moment présent not to look beyond the present; le 5 du mois présent on the 5th instant GB ou of this month; faire qch dans la minute présente to do sth instantly;
    5 ( en cause) present; la présente déclaration the present statement; par la présente lettre by the present (letter), hereby Jur;
    6 Ling [temps, participe] present.
    B nm,f ( personne) il n'y avait que 10 présents there were only 10 people present; la liste des présents the list of those present.
    C nm
    1 ( période) le présent the present; pour le présent for the moment ou present;
    2 Ling ( temps) present (tense); le verbe est au présent du subjonctif the verb is in the present subjunctive;
    3 ( cadeau) gift, present; faire présent de qch à qn to present sb with sth.
    E à présent loc adv ( en ce moment) at present; ( maintenant) now; d'à présent of today; à présent que now that.
    ( féminin présente) [prezɑ̃, ɑ̃t] adjectif
    1. [dans le lieu dont on parle] present
    Duval?présent! Duval?here ou present!
    a. ÉDUCATION to answer to one's name, to be present at roll call
    2. [actif]
    3. (après le nom) [en cours]
    ————————
    , présente [prezɑ̃, ɑ̃t] nom masculin, nom féminin
    ————————
    nom masculin
    1. [moment] present
    pour le présent for the time being, for the moment
    présent de l'indicatif/du subjonctif present indicative/subjunctive
    voir aussi link=pluriel pluriel
    ————————
    présente nom féminin
    je vous informe par la présente que... I hereby inform you that...
    ————————
    à présent locution adverbiale
    ————————
    à présent que locution conjonctive
    ————————
    d'à présent locution adjectivale
    les hommes politiques d'à présent today's ou present-day politicians, the politicians of today

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > présent

  • 109 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

    (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

    (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

    (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

    correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

    ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

    (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

    close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

    in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

    beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

    ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

    (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

    Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

    codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

    (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

    ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

    (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

    codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

    ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

    in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

    D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

    (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

    s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

    in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

    wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

    therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

    (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

    (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

    (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

    (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

    (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

    ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

    (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

    (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

    (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

    according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

    (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

    (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

    (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

    by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 110 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

    (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

    (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

    (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

    (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

    (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

    and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

    codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

    truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

    (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

    (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

    (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

    (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

    ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

    (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

    B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

    (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

    (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

    (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

    (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

    (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

    (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

    (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

    (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. , Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 111 view

    vju: 1. noun
    1) ((an outlook on to, or picture of) a scene: Your house has a fine view of the hills; He painted a view of the harbour.) utsikt, utsyn; landskapsbilde
    2) (an opinion: Tell me your view/views on the subject.) syn, mening
    3) (an act of seeing or inspecting: We were given a private view of the exhibition before it was opened to the public.) framsyning, visning
    2. verb
    (to look at, or regard (something): She viewed the scene with astonishment.) se på, betrakte, besiktige
    - viewpoint
    - in view of
    - on view
    - point of view
    blikk
    --------
    perspektiv
    --------
    prospekt
    --------
    syn
    --------
    utsikt
    I
    subst. \/vjuː\/
    1) det å se noe, (undersøkende) blikk, titt
    2) utsikt, utsyn
    3) utsiktsbilde, fotografi, kort
    4) ( også overført) sikt, sikte(mål)
    5) oversikt, overblikk, resymé, sammenfatning
    6) synspunkt, oppfatning, mening, syn
    his view is that...
    han er av den oppfatning at...
    fra mitt ståsted, fra mitt synspunkt
    7) ( også overført) perspektiv, ståsted, synsvinkel
    she read the book from a different view when she knew more about its author
    når hun visste mer om forfatteren, leste hun boken fra en ny synsvinkel
    8) utsikt, forespeiling, forventning
    9) ( gammeldags eller dialekt) utseende, oppsyn
    10) utstilling, forhåndsvisning
    11) ( jus) syn, syning
    12) ( EDB) brukerutsnitt, logisk posttype, synsvinkel, websyn
    at first view ved første øyekast
    come into view eller rise into view komme i sikte, komme til syne, bli synlig
    disappear from view eller fade from view forsvinne ut av sikte
    fall in with someone's view gå med på noens planer erklære seg enig med noen, ha samme oppfatning som noen, holde med noen
    from someone's view eller from someone's point of view fra noens ståsted, fra noens synspunkt
    have something in view eller keep something in view ha noe i sikte ha noe i tankene
    have\/express views on ha meninger om, uttrykke meninger om, ha synspunkt på
    de sterke meningene hun hadde om eksotisk tømmer bygget på en dyp kjærlighet for naturen
    in any view of the case hvordan man enn snur og vender på det
    in full view godt synlig, foran alles øyne
    in full view of godt synlig, rett foran, midt foran øynene på
    in someone's view i noens øyne, fra noens ståsted i noens synsfelt
    in view for øye, i minne
    innen(for) synsvidde, i sikte
    in view of med tanke på, med hensyn til, i betraktning av innen synsvidde for, synlig for
    i forventning om, med henblikk på
    lost to view forsvunnet, forsvunnet ut av sikte
    on a\/the long view på lang sikt, på lengre sikt
    on a\/the short view på kort sikt, på kortere sikt
    on view utstilt, godt synlig
    out of view ute av syne, utenfor synsvidde
    pass from someone's view forsvinne ut av noens sikte\/syne
    point of view sepoint, 1
    take a\/the view of something se på noe
    take a dim view of something eller take a poor view of something ikke synes noe særlig om, ikke ha noe større til overs for, ikke være videre imponert av
    take a\/the long view være forutseende, se fremover, planlegge på lang sikt
    take a\/the short view være kortsynt, planlegge på kort sikt
    take a view of besiktige, bese
    taking a long view på lang sikt, på lengre sikt
    taking a short view på kort sikt, på kortere sikt
    view of something utsikt til noe
    with a view to med tanke på, med sikte på, med henblikk på, i den hensikt å, med noe for øye
    both sides agreed to hand in their guns with a view to minimizing the risk of more violence
    begge partene ble enige om å levere inn våpnene i den hensikt å minimere risikoen for ytterligere voldshandlinger
    with a view to marriage ( i annonse) formål ekteskap
    II
    verb \/vjuː\/
    1) (spes. om TV) se på
    2) ( overført) betrakte, se, se på
    3) bese, ta i øyesyn, besiktige
    4) ( jus) syne
    5) ( EDB) vise

    English-Norwegian dictionary > view

  • 112 ÞÚSUND

    (pl. -ir), f. thousand.
    * * *
    f.; sérhverja þúsund, Stj. 298; á þúsund (dat.), Sks. 705; tvær, þrjár … þúsundir, 623. 53: in mod. usage it is mostly neut. (influenced by Latin?), but also fem. It is spelt þús-hund, Barl. 53; þús-hundum, Fms. vi. 409 (v. l.), Geisli 49; another form þús-hundrað (q. v.) is freq., esp. in Stj., Barl.; this double form -hund and -hundrað answers to the equally double form of ‘hundred,’ see p. 292, and is a proof that þúsund is a compound word, the latter part of which is ‘hund’ or ‘hundred;’ the etymology of the former part ‘þús’ is less certain; it is, we believe, akin to þysja, þyss, þaus-nir (a lost strong verb þúsa, þaus, þusu); þúsund would thus literally mean a swarm of hundreds: [in Goth. the gender varies, þûsundi, pl. þusundjos = χίλιοι, or þusundja, neut.; A. S. þûsend; Engl. thousand; O. H. G. dusunta; Germ. tausend, qs. dausend; Swed. tusende and tusen; Dan. tusinde; Dutch tuysend: this word is also common to the Slavon. languages: again, the Lapp, duhat and Finn. tuhat are no doubt borrowed from the Slavon. or Scandin.; the Gr., Lat., and Sansk. use other words]a thousand.
    B. There is little doubt that with the ancient heathen Scandinavians (and perhaps all Teutons), before their contact with the civilised southern people, the notion of numbers was limited, and that their thousand was not a definite number, but a vague term, denoting a swarm, crowd, host (cp. the Gr. μυρίοι): in ancient lays it occurs thrice (Hkv., Em., Fas. i. 502), but indefinitely; hvat þrym er þar sem þúsund bifisk eðr mengi til mikit, what a din is there as if a thousand were shaking, or an over-mickle multitude, Em. 2; sjau þúsundir, Hkv. 1. 49, literally = seven thousands, but in fact meaning seven hosts of men.
    2. the dat. pl. þúsundum is, like huudruðum, used adverbially = by thousands, in countless numbers, Fms. vi. 409 (in a verse), Geisli 49.
    3. in the ancient popular literature, uninfluenced by southern writers, ‘þúsund,’ as a definite number, occurs, we think, not half-a-dozen times. As the multiple of ten duodecimal hundreds, ere the decimal hundred was adopted, ‘þnsund’ would mean twelve decimal hundreds; and such is its use in the Sverris Saga, Fms. viii. 40, where one vellum says ‘tvær þúsundir,’ whilst the others, by a more idiomatic phrase, call it ‘twenty hundreds.’
    II. in ecclesiastical writers, and in annals influenced by the Latin and the like, it is frequent enough; tíu þúsundir, fjórtán þúsundir, Fms. i. 107, 108 (annalistic records); fimm þúsundir, xi. 386, Al. 111; tíu þúsundum, Sks. 705; tíu þúsundum sinna hundrað þúsunda, Hom.; þúsund þúsunda, a thousand of thousands, i. e. a million, (mod.); hundrað þúsundir rasta ok átta tigir þúsunda, … hundrað þúsund mílna, Fb. i. 31 (in the legend of Eric the Far-traveller and Paradise, taken from some church-legend); fjórar þúsundir, Þiðr. 234: or of the years of the world, sex þúsundir vetra, Fs. 197; sjau þúsundir vetra, Landn. 34.
    C. REMARKS.—The popular way of counting high numbers was not by thousands, but by tens (decades) and duodecimal hundreds as factors; thus ten … twenty hundreds, and then going on three, four, five, six … tens of hundreds (a ‘ten of hundreds’ being = 1200). The following references may illustrate this—tíu hundruð, ellefu hundruð, tólf hundruð, þrettán hundruð, fimtán hundruð …, Íb. 17, Ó. H. 119, 201, Fms. vii. 295, xi. 383, 385. From twenty and upwards—tuttugu hundrað manna, twenty hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 324, viii. 40; hálfr þriðitugr hundraða skipa, two tens and a half hundreds of ships, i. e. twenty-five hundreds, Fas. i. 378; þrjá tigu hundraða manna, three tens of hundreds of men, Fms. viii. 311; var skorat manntal, hafði hann meirr enn þrjá tigu hundraða manna, vii. 204; þrír tigir hundraða, D. N. v. 18; user fjorir tigir hundraða manna, nearly four tens of hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 275; á fimta tigi hundraða, on the fifth ten of hundreds, i. e. from four to five tens of hundreds, viii. 321; sex tigir hundraða, six tens of hundreds, 311, xi. 390; sex tigu hundraða manna, Fb. ii. 518, D. I. i. 350,—all odd amounts being neglected. The highest number recorded as actually reckoned in this way is ‘six tens of hundreds’ (fimtán tigir hundraða, fifteen tens of hundreds, Fms. viii. 321, v. l., is a scribe’s error): it is probable that no reckoning exceeded twelve tens of hundreds. All high multiples were unintelligible to the ancients; the number of the Einherjar in Walhalla is in the old lay Gm. thus expressed,—there are ‘five hundred doors in Walhalla, and five tens beside (the ‘five tens’ are, by the way, merely added for alliteration’s sake), and eight hundred Einherjar will walk out of each door when they go out to fight the Wolf’ (on the Day of final Doom). There seems to have been some dim exaggerated notion of a definite thousand in an ancient lay, only preserved in a half alliterative prose paraphrase, Fas. i. 502, where a mythical host is given thus,—there were thirty-three phalanxes, each of five ‘thousand,’ each thousand of thirteen hundreds, each hundred four times counted. The armies in the battle of Brawalla, the greatest of the mythical age, are given, not in numbers, but by the space the ranks occupied, Skjöld. S. ch. 8. This resembles the story in Ó. H. ch. 59, of the two young brothers, king’s sons: when asked what they would like to have most of, the one said: ‘Cows.’ ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as could stand packed in a row round the lake (Mjösen in Norway) and drink.’ ‘But you?’ they asked the other boy: ‘House-carles’ (soldiers), said he. ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as would in one meal eat up all my brother’s cows.’ Add also the tale of the King and the Giant, and the number of the giant’s house-carles, Maurer’s Volksagen 306. No less elementary was the rule for division and fractions, of which a remarkable instance is preserved in an ancient Icelandic deed, called Spákonu-arfr, published in D. I. i. 305. See also the words tigr, hundrað, skor, skora, and the remarks in Gramm. p. xix. The Homeric numeration, as set forth in Mr. Gladstone’s Homeric Studies, vol. iii, p. 425 sqq., is highly interesting, and bears a striking resemblance to that of the ancient Scandinavians. We may notice that in Iceland land and property are still divided into hundreds (hundreds of ells = 120), see hundrað B; in this case a thousand is never used, but units and hundreds of hundreds as factors, thus, sex tögu hundraða, in Reykh. Máld, (a deed of the 12th century), and so still in mod. usage; a wealthy man of the 15th century is said to have bequeathed to his daughters in land, ‘tólf hundruð hundraða ok ellefu-tíu og tvau hundruð betr, en í lausafé fimm hundruð hundraða,’ i. e. twelve hundreds of hundreds and ‘eleventy’ and two hundreds, and in movables five hundreds of hundreds, Feðga-æfi 16 (by the learned Bogi Benidiktsson of Staðarfell in Iceland, A. D. 1771–1849); sjau hundruð hundraða og þrjátigi hundruð betr, 21; hann eptir-lét börnum sínum fjármuni upp á níu hundruð hundraða, 22,—a proof that in very remote times, when this valuation of land first took place, ‘thousand’ was still unknown as a definite number.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞÚSUND

  • 113 fight

    I [faɪt]
    1) (struggle) lotta f. ( for per; to do per fare)

    to keep up the fightproseguire o continuare la lotta

    to put up a fight againstopporre resistenza o resistere a, lottare contro

    2) (outbreak of fighting) (between civilians) rissa f., zuffa f. ( over per); mil. combattimento m., battaglia f. ( for per); (between animals) combattimento m.

    to get into o have a fight with sb. — battersi o fare a pugni con qcn

    3) (in boxing) incontro m.
    4) (argument) lite f., litigio m. ( over per)

    to have a fight with sb. — litigare con qcn

    5) (combative spirit) combattività f.
    II 1. [faɪt]
    verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. fought)
    1) lottare contro, combattere contro [disease, opponent, emotion, proposal]; lottare contro [ fire]; combattere [ war]

    to fight sb. — sport battersi contro qcn

    2) pol. [ candidate] contendere [ seat]
    3) dir. intentare, fare [ cause]; difendere [ case]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. fought)
    1) lottare, combattere ( for per; against contro; to do per fare)
    2) (squabble) litigare, bisticciare ( over per)
    ••
    * * *
    1. past tense, past participle - fought; verb
    1) (to act against (someone or something) with physical violence: The two boys are fighting over (= because of) some money they found.) lottare, battersi
    2) (to resist strongly; to take strong action to prevent: to fight a fire; We must fight against any attempt to deprive us of our freedom.) lottare, combattere
    3) (to quarrel: His parents were always fighting.) litigare
    2. noun
    1) (an act of physical violence between people, countries etc: There was a fight going on in the street.) lotta, battaglia
    2) (a struggle; action involving effort: the fight for freedom of speech; the fight against disease.) lotta
    3) (the will or strength to resist: There was no fight left in him.) combattività
    4) (a boxing-match.) combattimento
    - fight back
    - fight it out
    - fight off
    - fight one's way
    - fight shy of
    - put up a good fight
    * * *
    I [faɪt]
    1) (struggle) lotta f. ( for per; to do per fare)

    to keep up the fightproseguire o continuare la lotta

    to put up a fight againstopporre resistenza o resistere a, lottare contro

    2) (outbreak of fighting) (between civilians) rissa f., zuffa f. ( over per); mil. combattimento m., battaglia f. ( for per); (between animals) combattimento m.

    to get into o have a fight with sb. — battersi o fare a pugni con qcn

    3) (in boxing) incontro m.
    4) (argument) lite f., litigio m. ( over per)

    to have a fight with sb. — litigare con qcn

    5) (combative spirit) combattività f.
    II 1. [faɪt]
    verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. fought)
    1) lottare contro, combattere contro [disease, opponent, emotion, proposal]; lottare contro [ fire]; combattere [ war]

    to fight sb. — sport battersi contro qcn

    2) pol. [ candidate] contendere [ seat]
    3) dir. intentare, fare [ cause]; difendere [ case]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. fought)
    1) lottare, combattere ( for per; against contro; to do per fare)
    2) (squabble) litigare, bisticciare ( over per)
    ••

    English-Italian dictionary > fight

  • 114 παραδίδωμι

    παραδίδωμι (Pind., Hdt.+) pres. 3 sg. παραδίδει (-δίδη cod. [ApcEsdr 3:12 p. 27, 23 Tdf.]), subj. 3 sg. παραδιδῷ and παραδιδοῖ 1 Cor 15:24 (B-D-F §95, 2; W-S. §14, 12; Mlt-H. 204), ptc. παραδιδούς; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδου Ac 8:3 and 1 Pt 2:23, pl. παρεδίδουν Ac 16:4 v.l.; 27:1 and παρεδίδοσαν 16:4 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. παραδώσω; 1 aor. παρέδωκα; 2 aor. indic. παρέδοσαν Lk 1:2; 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. παραδῷ and παραδοῖ Mk 4:29; 14:10, 11; J 13:2 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt-H. 210f), impv. παράδος, ptc. παραδούς; pf. παραδέδωκα, ptc. παραδεδωκώς (Ac 15:26); plpf. 3 pl. παραδεδώκεισαν Mk 15:10 (on the absence of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.; impf. 3 sg. παρεδίδετο 1 Cor 11:23b (-δίδοτο is also attested; B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 206); 1 fut. παραδοθήσομαι; 1 aor. παρεδόθην; perf. 3 sg. παραδέδοται Lk 4:6, ptc. παραδεδομένος (Ac 14:26).
    to convey someth. in which one has a relatively strong personal interest, hand over, give (over), deliver, entrust
    a thing τινί τι (Jos., Ant 4, 83; Mel., P. 42, 290; 292; 294) τάλαντά μοι Mt 25:20, 22. αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ vs. 14. ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν 1 Cl 12:5. τινὶ τὴν κτίσιν Hv 3, 4, 1; λίθους Hs 9, 7, 1; ἀμπελῶνα 5, 6, 2. Also in the sense give back, restore, give up (X., Hell. 2, 3, 7 τινί τι) αὐτῷ τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἣν ἔλαβον Hm 3:2.—Pass., w. the thing easily supplied fr. the context ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται Lk 4:6.—παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα J 19:30 (ApcMos 42; cp. TestAbr B 12 p. 117, 4f [Stone p. 82] Σαρρα … παρέδωκε τὴν ψυχήν; ParJer 9:8; ApcEsdr 7:14) needs no dat.: he gave up his spirit voluntarily. ἄνθρωποι παραδεδωκότες τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου men who have risked ( pledged Field, Notes 124) their lives for the name of the Lord Ac 15:26. καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσομαι and if I give up my body to be burned 1 Cor 13:3 (Maximus Tyr. 1, 9i τῇ Αἴτνῃ αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς σῶμα; Syntipas p. 60, 11 πυρὶ σεαυτὴν παραδίδως). ὅταν παραδιδοῖ τ. βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ when (Christ) delivers the kingship to God 15:24.
    hand over, turn over, give up a person ([Lat. trado] as a t.t. of police and courts ‘hand over into [the] custody [of]’ OGI 669, 15; PHib 92, 11; 17; PLille 3, 59 [both pap III B.C.]; PTebt 38, 6 [II B.C.] al.—As Military term ‘surrender’: Paus. 1, 2, 1; X., Cyr. 5, 1, 28; 5, 4, 51.) τινά someone Mt 10:19; 24:10; 27:18; Mk 13:11; Ac 3:13. Pass. Mt 4:12; Mk 1:14; Lk 21:16. τινά τινι Mt 5:25 (fr. one official to another, as UPZ 124, 19f [II B.C.]; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78]); 18:34; 27:2; Mk 10:33b; cp. 15:1; Lk 12:58; 20:20; J 18:30, 35; Ac 27:1; 28:16 v.l.; Hs 7:5; 9, 10, 6; Pass. Lk 18:32; J 18:36; Hv 5:3f; m 4, 4, 3; Hs 6, 3, 6b; 9, 11, 2; 9, 13, 9; 9, 20, 4; 9, 21, 4. τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν Lk 23:25.—Esp. of Judas (s. Brown, Death I 211f on tendency of translators to blur the parallelism of Judas’ action to the agency of others in the passion narrative), whose information and action leads to the arrest of Jesus, w. acc. and dat. ἐγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν Mt 26:15. Cp. Mk 14:10; Lk 22:4, 6; J 19:11. Pass. Mt 20:18; Mk 10:33a. Without a dat. Mt 10:4; 26:16, 21, 23; Mk 3:19; 14:11, 18; Lk 22:48; J 6:64, 71; 12:4; 13:21. Pass. Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21; Lk 22:22; 1 Cor 11:23b (NRSV et al. render ‘betrayed’, but it is not certain that when Paul refers to ‘handing over’, ‘delivering up’, ‘arresting’ [so clearly Posidon.: 87 Fgm. 36, 50 Jac. παραδοθείς ‘surrendered’] he is even thinking of the action taken against Jesus by Judas much less interpreting it as betrayal; cp. Ac 3:13 παρεδώκατε). ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν (παραδιδούς με) his (my) informer (on the role of a מסוֹר in Israelite piety s. WKlassen, Judas ’96, 62–66; but Ac 1:18 the action of Judas as ἀδικία) Mt 26:25, 46, 48; Mk 14:42, 44; Lk 22:21; J 13:11; 18:2, 5. Cp. Mt 27:3, 4; J 21:20. The article w. pres. ptc. connotes the notoriety (cp. the use of traditor in Tacitus, Histories 4, 24) of Judas in early tradition. His act is appraised as betrayal Lk 6:16, s. προδότης.—τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος deliver someone/someth. into someone’s hands (a Semitic construction, but paralleled in Lat., cp. Livy 26, 12, 11; Dt 1:27; Jer 33:24; Jdth 6:10; 1 Macc 4:30; 1 Esdr 1:50. Pass. Jer 39:4, 36, 43; Sir 11:6; Da 7:25, 11:11; TestJob 20:3; ParJer 2:7 τὴν πόλιν; AscIs 2:14; cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 20) Ac 21:11. Pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; 14:41; Lk 9:44; 24:7 (NPerrin, JJeremias Festschr., ’70, 204–12); Ac 28:17. ἡ γῆ παραδοθήσεται εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ D 16:4b. Also ἐν χειρί τινος (Judg 7:9; 2 Esdr 9:7; cp. 2 Ch 36:17; 1 Macc 5:50; Just., D. 40, 2 ὁ τόπος τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑμῶν παραδοθήσεται) 1 Cl 55:5b.—W. indication of the goal, or of the purpose for which someone is handed over: in the inf. (Jos., Bell. 1, 655) παραδιδόναι τινά τινι φυλάσσειν αὐτόν hand someone over to someone to guard him (X., An. 4, 6, 1) Ac 12:4. W. local εἰς (OGI 669, 15 εἰς τὸ πρακτόρειόν τινας παρέδοσαν; PGiss 84 II, 18 [II A.D.] εἰς τ. φυλακήν): εἰς συνέδρια hand over to the local courts Mt 10:17; Mk 13:9. εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς hand someone over to the synagogues and prisons Lk 21:12. εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3; cp. 22:4. Also εἰς δεσμωτήριον (of a transcendent place of punishment: cp. PGM 4, 1245ff ἔξελθε, δαῖμον, … παραδίδωμί σε εἰς τὸ μέλαν χάος ἐν ταῖς ἀπωλείαις) Hs 9, 28, 7. ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δεσμά give oneself up to imprisonment 1 Cl 55:2a. W. final εἰς (cp. En 97:10 εἰς κατάραν μεγάλην παρα[δο]θήσεσθε): ἑαυτοὺς εἰς δουλείαν give oneself up to slavery 55:2b (cp. Just., D. 139, 4). εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι hand over to be crucified Mt 26:2. εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι κτλ. 20:19. εἰς θλῖψιν 24:9. εἰς κρίμα θανάτου Lk 24:20. εἰς κρίσιν 2 Pt 2:4. εἰς θάνατον hand over to death (POxy 471, 107 [II A.D.]): Mt 10:21 (Unknown Sayings, 68 n. 3: by informing on the other); Mk 13:12; Hm 12, 1, 2f; pass.: ending of Mk in the Freer ms.; 2 Cor 4:11; 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12); B 12:2; Hs 9, 23, 5. π. ἑαυτὸν εἰς θάνατον give oneself up to death 1 Cl 55:1; fig. hand oneself over to death Hs 6, 5, 4. εἰς θλῖψιν θανάτου παραδίδοσθαι be handed over to the affliction of death B 12:5. π. τὴν σάρκα εἰς καταφθοράν give up his flesh to corruption 5:1.—ἵνα stands for final εἰς: τὸν Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ he handed Jesus over to be crucified Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15; cp. J 19:16.—π. alone w. the mng. hand over to suffering, death, punishment, esp. in relation to Christ: κύριος παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 Cl 16:7 (cp. Is 53:6).—Ro 8:32. Pass. 4:25; cp. B 16:5. π. ἑαυτὸν ὑπέρ τινος Gal 2:20 (GBerényi, Biblica 65, ’84, 490–537); Eph 5:25. παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ he gave himself to God for us as a sacrifice and an offering vs. 2.—π. τινὰ τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός hand someone over to Satan for destruction of his physical body 1 Cor 5:5. οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα whom I have turned over to Satan, in order that 1 Ti 1:20 (cp. INikaia I, 87, 4f of someone handed over to the gods of the netherworld for tomb violation [New Docs 4, 165]; also the exorcism PGM 5, 334ff νεκυδαίμων, … παραδίδωμί σοι τὸν δεῖνα, ὅπως … ; s. the lit. s.v. ὄλεθρος 2; also CBruston, L’abandon du pécheur à Satan: RTQR 21, 1912, 450–58; KLatte, Heiliges Recht 1920; LBrun, Segen u. Fluch im Urchr. ’32, 106ff). The angel of repentance says: ἐμοὶ παραδίδονται εἰς ἀγαθὴν παιδείαν they are turned over to me for good instruction Hs 6, 3, 6a (Demetr. Phaler. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 164 FWehrli ’49: Demosthenes παραδίδωσι ἑαυτὸν τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ to be initiated into dramatic art).—ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ they gave themselves over to debauchery Eph 4:19. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τ. αἰῶνος τούτου Hs 6, 2, 3. ταῖς τρυφαῖς καὶ ἀπάταις 6, 2, 4. παρεδώκατε ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰς ἀκηδίας Hv 3, 11, 3 (s. ἀκηδία). Of God, who punishes evil-doers: παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν he abandoned them to impurity Ro 1:24 (for the thought cp. 1QH 2:16–19. See also EKlostermann, ZNW 32, ’33, 1–6 [retribution]). εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας to disgraceful passions vs. 26. εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν vs. 28. παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Ac 7:42. God, the All-Gracious One, is the subject of the extraordinary (s. lit. διδαχή 2) expression εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ δ. εἰς ὸ̔ν π. (obedient) to the form of teaching, for the learning of which you were given over i.e. by God Ro 6:17 (cp. the ins. fr. Transjordania in Nabataean times NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I, 1, ’36, p. 3, 1 Abedrapsas thanks his paternal god: παρεδόθην εἰς μάθησιν τέχνης=‘I was apprenticed to learn a trade’. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 7, ’42, 6–8; FBeare, NTS 5, ’59, 206–10; UBorse, BZ 12, ’68, 95–103; FDanker, Gingrich Festschr., ’72, 94).
    to entrust for care or preservation, give over, commend, commit w. dat. (cp. PFlor 309, 5 σιωπῇ παραδ. ‘hand over to forgetfulness’; Just., A II, 5, 2 τὴν … τῶν ἀνθρώπων … πρόνοιαν ἀγγέλοις … παρέδωκεν ‘[God] entrusted angels with concern for humans’; Tat. 7, 3 τῇ σφῶν ἀβελτερίᾳ παρεδόθησαν ‘they were handed over to their own stupidity’) παραδίδοσθαι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ὑπό τινος be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord Ac 15:40. Ἀντιόχεια, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον Antioch, from which (city they had gone out) commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26.—παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι he committed his cause to the one who judges 1 Pt 2:23.
    to pass on to another what one knows, of oral or written tradition, hand down, pass on, transmit, relate, teach (Theognis 1, 28f passes on what he himself learned as παῖς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν; Pla., Phil. 16c, Ep. 12, 359d μῦθον; Demosth. 23, 65; Polyb. 7, 1, 1; 10, 28, 3; Diod S 12, 13, 2 π. τινί τι pass on someth. to future generations εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν αἰῶνα; Plut., Nic. 524 [1, 5]; Herm. Wr. 13, 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60 τὴν κατὰ νόμους παραδεδομένην εὐσέβειαν; PMagd 33, 5 of a report to the police concerning the facts in a case; Just.; A I, 54, 1 τὰ μυθοποιηθέντα) Lk 1:2. παραδόσεις Mk 7:13 (of the tradition of the Pharisees, as Jos., Ant. 13, 297; cp. the rabbinic term מָסַר); 1 Cor 11:2. ἔθη Ac 6:14. ὁ ἡμῖν παραδοθεὶς λόγος the teaching handed down to us Pol 7:2 (Just., D. 53, 6). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα αὐτοῖς ἁγία ἐντολή 2 Pt 2:21 (ApcMos 23 τὴν ἐντολήν μου ἣν παρέδωκά σοι). ἡ παραδοθεῖσα τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστις Jd 3. τὰ παραδοθέντα (Philo, Fuga 200) Dg 11:1. παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4.—(In contrast to παραλαμβάνειν [the same contrast in Diod S 1, 91, 4; 3, 65, 6; 5, 2, 3; PHerm 119 III, 22; BGU 1018, 24; PThéad 8, 25]) pass on 1 Cor 11:23a; 15:3; AcPlCor 2:4; EpilMosq 2. W. a connotation of wonder and mystery (of mysteries and ceremonies: Theon Smyrn., Expos. Rer. Math. p. 14 Hiller τελετὰς παραδιδόναι; Diod S 5, 48, 4 μυστηρίων τελετὴ παραδοθεῖσα; Strabo 10, 3, 7; Wsd 14:15 μυστήρια καὶ τελετάς. ParJer 9:29 τὰ μυστήρια … τῷ Βαρούχ; Just., D. 70, 1 τὰ τοῦ Μίθρου μυστήρια παραδιδόντες; cp. 78, 6. Cp. Herm. Wr. 13, 1 παλιγγενεσίαν; PGM 4, 475) πάντα (πᾶς 1dβ) μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ. πατρός μου Mt 11:27; Lk 10:22 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 32 πάτερ … παρέδωκας αὐτῷ [ὁ σὸς ἄνθρωπος is meant] τὴν πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν; in Vett. Val. 221, 23 astrology is ὑπὸ θεοῦ παραδεδομένη τ. ἀνθρώποις.—For lit. on the saying of Jesus s. under υἱός 2dβ).—S. παράδοσις, end.
    to make it possible for someth. to happen, allow, permit (Hdt. 5, 67; 7, 18 [subj. ὁ θεός]; X., An. 6, 6, 34 [οἱ θεοί]; Isocr. 5, 118 [οἱ καιροί]; Polyb. 22, 24, 9 τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης) ὅταν παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός when the (condition of the) crop permits Mk 4:29.—On the whole word: WPopkes, Christus Traditus, ’67.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > παραδίδωμι

  • 115 πολύς

    πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, οῦ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., apolog.) ‘much’.—Comparative πλείων, πλεῖον (18 times in the NT, 4 times in the Apost. Fathers [including Hv 3, 6, 4; Hs 8, 1, 16] and Ath. 12, 3) or πλέον (Lk 3:13 and Ac 15:28 μηδὲν πλέον; otherwise, πλέον in the NT only J 21:15; 14 times in the Apost. Fathers [incl. μηδὲν πλέον Hs 1, 1, 6]; Ar. twice; Just. 6 times; Tat. once; Ath. 7 times), ονος; pl. πλείονες, and acc. πλείονας contracted πλείους, neut. πλείονα and πλείω (the latter Mt 26:53 [πλεῖον, πλείου vv.ll.]; B-D-F §30, 2; Mlt-H. 82; Thackeray p. 81f; Mayser p. 68f) ‘more’ (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27=Stone p. 70 [πλείον]; TestJob 35:2; TestGad 7:2 [πλεῖον]; AscIs 3:8; [πλέον]; EpArist; apolog. exc. Mel.).—Superlative πλεῖστος, η, ον ‘most’ (Hom.+).
    pert. to being a large number, many, a great number of
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj., preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun) in the pl. many, numerous δυνάμεις πολλαί many mighty deeds Mt 7:22b. δαιμονιζόμενοι πολλοί 8:16. Cp. vs. 30; 9:10; 13:17; 24:11; 27:52, 55; Mk 2:15a; 6:13; 12:41; Lk 4:25, 27; 7:21b; 10:24; J 10:32; 14:2; Ac 1:3; 2:43; 8:7b; 14:22; Ro 4:17f (Gen 17:5); 8:29; 12:4; 1 Cor 8:5ab; 11:30; 12:12a, 20; 1 Ti 6:12; 2 Ti 2:2; Hb 2:10; 1J 4:1; 2J 7; Rv 5:11; 9:9; 10:11; 1 Cl 55:3ab. ἔτη πολλά many years: Lk 12:19b (εἰς ἔτη π.); Ac 24:10 (ἐκ π. ἐτῶν); Ro 15:23 (ἀπὸ π. [v.l. ἱκανῶν] ἐτῶν).—αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αἱ πολλαί Lk 7:47a. αἱ εὐεργεσίαι αἱ π. 1 Cl 21:1.—πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα many serious charges Ac 25:7 (cp. Ps.-Pla., Sisyph. 1, 387a πολλά τε καὶ καλὰ πράγματα; B-D-F §442, 11; Rob. 655). πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα J 20:30 (on the form X., Hell. 5, 4, 1 πολλὰ μὲν οὖν … καὶ ἄλλα λέγειν καὶ Ἑλληνικὰ καὶ βαρβαρικά; Dionys. Hal. 2, 67, 5; Ps.-Demetr. 142 πολλὰς κ. ἄλλας χάριτας; Jos., Ant. 3, 318; Tat. 38, 1. On the subject-matter Bultmann 540, 3; also Porphyr., Vi. Pyth. 28 after a miracle-story: μυρία δʼ ἕτερα θαυμαστότερα κ. θειότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς … εἴρηται κτλ.).—ἄλλοι πολλοί many others IRo 10:1. ἄλλαι πολλαί Mk 15:41. ἄλλα πολλά (Jos., Bell. 6, 169, Ant. 9, 242; Just., D. 8, 1) J 21:25. ἕτεροι πολλοί Ac 15:35. ἕτερα πολλά (Jos., Vi. 39) Lk 22:65.—Predicative: πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐισερχόμενοι Mt 7:13.—Mk 5:9; 6:31; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). AcPl Ha 5, 16.—οὐ πολλοί not many=( only) a few οὐ πολλαὶ ἡμέραι (Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13; J 2:12; Ac 1:5; AcPl Ha 11, 1. οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοί not many wise (people) 1 Cor 1:26a; cp. bc. οὐ πολλοί πατέρες not many fathers 4:15.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. persons—without the art. Mt 7:22; 8:11; 12:15; 20:28; 24:5ab; 26:28; Mk 2:2; 3:10 (Mt 12:15 has ascensive πάντας; other passages to be compared in this connection are Mk 10:45=Mt 20:28 πολλῶν and 1 Ti 2:6 πάντων. Cp. the double tradition of the saying of Bias in Clem. of Alex., Strom. 1, 61, 3 πάντες ἄνθρωποι κακοὶ ἢ οἱ πλεῖστοι τ. ἀνθρώπων κακοί.—On Mk 10:45 s. OCullmann, TZ 4, ’48, 471–73); 6:2; 11:8; Lk 1:1 (cp. Herm. Wr. 11, 1, 1b and see JBauer, NovT 4, ’60, 263–66), 14; J 2:23; 8:30; Ac 9:42; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 11:18; Gal 3:16 (πολλοί= a plurality); Tit 1:10; Hb 12:15; 2 Pt 2:2. AcPl Ha 5, 8; 7, 5; 11, 3. Opp. ὀλίγοι Mt 22:14; 20:16 v.l. (cp. Pla., Phd. 69c ναρθηκοφόροι μὲν πολλοί, βάκχοι δέ τε παῦροι=the thyrsus-bearers [officials] are many, but the truly inspired are few)—W. a partitive gen. πολλοὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων Mt 3:7. π. πῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:16.—J 4:39; 12:11; Ac 4:4; 8:7a; 13:43; 18:8; 19:18; 2 Cor 12:21; Rv 8:11.—W. ἐκ and gen. (AscIs 3:1; Jos., Ant. 11, 151) πολλοὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν J 6:60, 66.—10:20; 11:19, 45; 12:42; Ac 17:12. ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου πολλοί J 7:31 (Appian, Iber. 78 §337 πολλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους).
    ב. πολλά—many things, much without the art.: γράφειν write at length B 4:9. διδάσκειν Mk 4:2; 6:34b. λαλεῖν Mt 13:3. μηχανᾶσθαι MPol 3. πάσχειν (Pind., O. 13, 63 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 16:21; Mk 5:26a; 9:12; Lk 9:22; 17:25; B 7:11; AcPl Ha 8, 19. ποιεῖν Mk 6:20 v.l. United w. another neut. by καί (Lucian, Icar. 20 πολλὰ κ. δεινά; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 345 D.: πολλὰ κ. καλά; Ps.-Demetr., El. 70 πολλὰ κ. ἄλλα; likew. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 13 §53; Arrian, Anab. 6, 11, 2) πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα many other things Lk 3:18. πολλὰ ἂν κ. ἄλλα εἰπεῖν ἔχοιμι Dg 2:10 (Eur., Ep. 3, 2, πολλὰ κ. ἕτερα εἰπεῖν ἔχω; Diod S 17, 38, 3 πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα … διαλεχθείς). ἐν πολλοῖς in many ways (Diod S 26, 1, 2; OGI 737, 7 [II B.C.]; Just., D. 124, 4 [of line of proof]) 2 Cor 8:22a. ἐπὶ πολλῶν (opp. ἐπὶ ὀλίγα) over many things Mt 25:21, 23.—W. art. (Pla., Apol. 1, 17a) τὰ πολλὰ πράσσειν transact a great deal of business Hs 4:5b.
    γ. elliptical δαρήσεται πολλά (sc. πληγάς) will receive many (lashes) Lk 12:47 (B-D-F §154; 241, 6).
    comparative πλείων, πλεῖον
    α. adj. w. a plural (Diod S 14, 6, 1 μισθοφόρους πλείους=many mercenaries) πλείονας πόνους (opp. οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο) 1 Cl 5:4. ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277; cp. Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 29 πλείονας ἡμ.) Ac 13:31.—21:10 (Jos., Ant. 16, 15); 24:17; 25:14; 27:20. οἱ μὲν πλείονές εἰσιν γεγονότες ἱερεῖς the priests of former times existed in greater numbers Hb 7:23. ἑτέροις λόγοις πλείοσιν in many more words (than have been reported) Ac 2:40. ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα πλείονα MPol 12:1.—W. a gen. of comparison (Just., A I 53, 3; Tat. 3, 2) ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων other slaves, more than (he had sent) at first Mt 21:36. πλείονα σημεῖα ὧν more signs than those which J 7:31. Also w. ἤ: πλείονας μαθητὰς ἤ more disciples than 4:1. After πλείονες (-α) before numerals the word for ‘than’ is omitted (B-D-F §185, 4; Kühner-G. II 311; Rob. 666; Jos., Ant. 14, 96) ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος the man was more than 40 years old Ac 4:22. πλείους τεσσεράκοντα 23:13, 21. Cp. 24:11; 25:6 (Jos., Ant. 6, 306 δέκα οὐ πλείους ἡμέρας).—The ref. is to relative extent (cp. 2bα) in τὰ ἔργα σου τὰ ἕσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων your deeds, the latter of which are greater than the former Rv 2:19.
    β. subst.
    א. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους the majority, most (Diog. L. 1, 20; 22; Jos., Ant. 10, 114) Ac 19:32; 27:12. W. ἐξ: ἐξ ὧν οἱ πλείονες most of whom 1 Cor 15:6. W. gen. and a neg. (litotes) οὐκ ἐν τ. πλείοσιν αὐτῶν ηὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός God was pleased with only a few of them 10:5. This is perh. (s. ג below) the place for 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6; 9:2. Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ב. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23. πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν many more came to believe J 4:41.—διὰ τῶν πλειόνων to more and more people=those who are still to be won for Christ 2 Cor 4:15.
    ג. (οἱ) πλείονες, (οἱ) πλείους. In contrast to a minority οἱ πλείονες can gain the sense the others, the rest (so τὰ πλείονα Soph., Oed. Col. 36; τὸ πλέον Thu. 4, 30, 4; Jos., Ant. 12, 240; B-D-F §244, 3). So perh. (s. א above) ἵνα τ. πλείονας κερδήσω (opp. the apostle himself) 1 Cor 9:19; 2 Cor 2:6 (opp. the one who has been punished too severely.—In this case [s. א above] his punishment would have been determined by a unanimous vote of the Christian assembly rather than by a majority). Cp. 9:2; Phil 1:14; MPol 5:1.
    ד. πλείονα (for πλεῖον) more Mt 20:10 v.l.; various things Lk 11:53. ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα 1 Cl 24:5 (s. as adv. ParJer 7:26).
    superl. adj. πλείστη w. a plural most of αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις Mt 11:20 (difft. B-D-F §245, 1).
    pert. to being relatively large in quantity or measure, much, extensive
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. adj. preceding or following a noun (or ptc. or adj. used as a noun)
    א. in the sg. much, large, great πολὺς ἀριθμός Ac 11:21. W. words that in themselves denote a plurality (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 80 §338 στρατὸς πολύς) πολὺς ὄχλος (s. ὄχ. 1a) Mt 14:14; 20:29; 26:47; Mk 5:21, 24; 6:34a; 8:1; 9:14; 12:37 (ὁ π. ὄχ.); Lk 5:29; 6:17a; 8:4; J 6:2, 5 (for the expression ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, in which π. follows the noun, J 12:9, 12, cp. Arrian, Anab. 1, 9, 6 ὁ φόνος πολύς); Ac 6:7; Rv 7:9; 19:1, 6. πολὺ πλῆθος (s. pl. 2bα) Mk 3:7f; Lk 5:6; 6:17b; 23:27; Ac 14:1; 17:4; 1 Cl 6:1. λαὸς πολύς many people Ac 18:10. Of money and its value, also used in imagery μισθὸς πολύς Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, 35 (all three predicative, as Gen 15:1). ἐργασία π. Ac 16:16. π. κεφάλαιον 22:28. χρυσοῦ πολλοῦ … τρυφῆς πολλῆς AcPl Ha 2, 19.—Of things that occur in the mass or in large quantities (Diod S 3, 50, 1 πολλὴ ἄμπελος) γῆ πολλή Mt 13:5; Mk 4:5; θερισμὸς π. Mt 9:37; Lk 10:2 (both pred.). χόρτος π. J 6:10; καρπὸς π. (Cyranides p. 121, 11) 12:24; 15:5, 8.—λόγος π. a long speech (Diod S 13, 1, 2; Just., D. 123, 7) Ac 15:32; 20:2. περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11 (cp. Pla., Phd. 115d).—Of time: πολὺς χρόνος a long time (Hom. et al.; Demetr.(?): 722 Fgm. 7; Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28; Just., A II, 2, 11) J 5:6 (s. ἔχω 7b); Hs 6, 4, 4 (pred.). μετὰ πολὺν χρόνον (Jos., Ant. 12, 324) Mt 25:19. Differently Mk 6:35ab (s. 3aα).
    ב. adj. w. a noun in the pl. many, large, great, extensive, plentiful ὄχλοι πολλοί great crowds or probably better many people (as Diod S 20, 59, 2; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 3. For the corresponding mng. of ὄχλοι s. ὄχλος 1a) Mt 4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30a; 19:2; Lk 5:15; 14:25. κτήματα πολλά a great deal of property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22 (cp. Da 11:28 χρήματα π.). ὕδατα πολλά much water, many waters (Maximus Tyr. 21, 3g of the Nile ὁ πολὺς ποταμός, likew. Procop. Soph., Ep. 111) J 3:23; Rv 1:15; 14:2; 17:1; 19:6b. θυμιάματα πολλά a great deal of incense 8:3. τὰ πολλὰ γράμματα Ac 26:24. πολλοὶ χρόνοι long periods of time (Plut., Thes. 6, 9). πολλοῖς χρόνοις for long periods of time (SIG 836, 6; pap) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 44:3. χρόνοις πολλοῖς AcPlCor 2:10. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων (Diod S 3, 47, 8; Jos., Ant. 14, 110; 17, 204) 1 Cl 42:5.
    β. subst.
    א. πολλοί many i.e. pers.—w. the art. οἱ πολλοί the many, of whatever appears in the context Mk 6:2 v.l. (the many people who were present in the synagogue); 9:26b (the whole crowd). Opp. ὁ εἷς Ro 5:15ac, 19ab; the many who form the ἓν σῶμα the one body 12:5; 1 Cor 10:17. Paul pays attention to the interests of the many rather than to his own vs. 33 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 212).—The majority, most (X., An. 5, 6, 19; Appian, Maced. 7, Bell. Civ. 4, 73 §309; 2 Macc 1:36; En 104:10; AscIs 3:26; Jos., Ant. 17, 72; Just., D. 4, 3) Mt 24:12; Hb 12:15 v.l. W. a connotation of disapproval most people, the crowd (Socrat., Ep. 6, 2; Dio Chrys. 15 [32], 8; Epict. 1, 3, 4; 2, 1, 22 al.; Plut., Mor. 33a; 470b; Plotinus, Enn. 2, 9, 9; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 42) 2 Cor 2:17; Pol 2:1; 7:2.—Jeremias, The Eucharistic Words of Jesus3, tr. NPerrin, ’66, 179–82; 226–31, and TW VI 536–45: πολλοί.
    ב. πολύ much ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολὺ κτλ. Lk 12:48 (Just., A I, 17, 4 twice πλέον). Cp. 16:10ab; 2 Cl 8:5; καρποφορεῖν π. bear much fruit Hs 2:3. πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον much in every way Ro 3:2 (Ael. Aristid. 34, 43 K.=50 p. 562 D. gives answer to a sim. quest. asked by himself: πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα).—Js 5:16.—As gen. of price πολλοῦ for a large sum of money (Menand., Fgm. 197 Kö.; PRyl 244, 10. S. στρουθίον.) Mt 26:9.—Of time: ἐπὶ πολύ ( for) a long time (JosAs 19:3; Ar. 65, 3; s. also ἐπί 18cβ) Ac 28:6; AcPl Ha 10, 21. μετʼ οὐ πολύ soon afterward Ac 27:14 (μετά B 2c).—ἐπὶ πολύ more than once, often (Is 55:7) Hm 4, 1, 8.—Before a comp. (as Hom. et al.; B-D-F §246; Rob. 664) in the acc. πολὺ βέλτιον much better Hs 1:9. π. ἐλάττων v 3, 7, 6 (Ar. 6, 2). π. μᾶλλον much more, to a much greater degree (Dio Chrys. 2, 10; 17; 64 al.; Ael. Aristid. 34, 9 K.=50 p. 549 D.; Just., A II, 8, 3; D. 95, 1 al.) Hb 12:9, 25 (by means of a negative it acquires the mng. much less; cp. Diod S 7, 14, 6 πολὺ μᾶλλον μὴ … =even much less); Dg 2:7b. π. πλέον 2:7a (Ar. 11, 7). π. σπουδαιότερος 2 Cor 8:22b. Cp. π. τιμώτερον 1 Pt 1:7 v.l.; in the dat. of degree of difference πολλῷ μᾶλλον (Thu. 2, 51, 4; UPZ 42, 48 [162 B.C.]; EpArist 7; 24 al.; Sir prol. ln. 14; Jos., Ant. 18, 184; Just., A I, 68, 9; Tat. 17, 4) Mt 6:30; Mk 10:48b; Lk 18:39; Ro 5:9f, 15b, 17; 1 Cor 12:22; 2 Cor 3:9, 11; Phil 2:12. πολλῷ μᾶλλον κρείσσον 1:23 (v.l. without μᾶλλον). πολλῷ πλείους J 4:41. πολλῷ στρουθίων as v.l. Mt 20:31 and Lk 12:7 (both N.25 app.; on the strong ms. support for this rdg. s. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 21–24).—W. the art. τὸ πολύ (opp. τὸ ὀλίγον as X., An. 7, 7, 36) 2 Cor 8:15 (cp. Ex 16:18).
    ג. πολύς (Diod S 14, 107, 4 πολὺς ἦν ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ=he was strongly inclined toward punishing) μὴ πολὺς ἐν ῥήμασιν γίνου do not be profuse in speech, do not gossip 1 Cl 30:5 (Job 11:3).—Παπίας ὁ πολύς Papias (7), prob. to be understood as ὁ πάνυ; s. πάνυ d.
    comp. πλείων, πλεῖον; adv. πλειόνως
    α. adj., w. a singular (TestJob 35:2 διὰ πλείονος εὐωδίας) καρπὸν πλείονα more fruit J 15:2, 8 P66; Hs 5, 2, 4. τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ ὄχλου the greater part of the throng 8, 1, 16. ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον for a longer time (PTebt 6:31 [II B.C.]) Ac 18:20. Foll. by gen. of comparison: πλείονα τιμήν more honor Hb 3:3b.—IPol 1:3a. Foll. by παρά τινα for comparison Hb 3:3a; 11:4; Hs 9, 18, 2. ὅσῳ πλείονος κατηξιώθημεν γνώσεως, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 1 Cl 41:4.—τὸ πλεῖον μέρος as adv. acc. for the greater part Hv 3, 6, 4a.
    β. as subst. πλεῖον, πλέον more τὸ πλεῖον the greater sum (cp. Diod S 1, 82, 2=the greater part; Ps 89:10) Lk 7:43. πλεῖον λαμβάνειν receive a larger sum Mt 20:10. W. partitive gen. ἐπὶ πλεῖον προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας they will arrive at an ever greater measure of impiety=become more and more deeply involved in impiety 2 Ti 2:16. W. a gen. of comparison πλεῖον τῆς τροφῆς someth. greater (more important) than food Mt 6:25; Lk 12:23. πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ Mt 12:41; cp. vs. 42; Lk 11:31, 32. ἡ χήρα πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν the widow put in more than all the rest Mk 12:43; Lk 21:3. μηδὲν πλέον nothing more (Jos., Bell. 1, 43; cp. Just., D. 2, 3 οὐδὲν πλέον); the words than, except following are expressed by παρά and the acc. Lk 3:13 or by πλήν w. gen. Ac 15:28, w. εἰ μή Hs 1:6.—The acc. is used as an adv. more, in greater measure, to a greater degree (Herm. Wr. 13, 21 Nock after the mss.) Lk 7:42; IRo 1:1; IEph 6:2; w. a gen. of comparison Mt 5:20 (περισσεύω 1aβ); J 21:15; IPol 5:2 (s. Ad’Alès, RSR 25, ’35, 489–92). τριετίαν ἢ καὶ πλεῖον for three years or even more Ac 20:18 D (cp. TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 27 [Stone p. 70, 27]).—ἐπὶ πλεῖον any farther (of place) Ac 4:17 (TestGad 7:2; Ath. 12 [ἐπί 4bβ]); (of time) at length Ac 20:9 (ἐπί 18cβ) or any longer, too long 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1 (ἐπί 18cβ); any more, even more (ἐπί 13) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). Strengthened πολὺ πλέον much more, much rather (4 Macc 1:8; cp. X., An. 7, 5, 15; BGU 180, 12f [172 A.D.] πολλῷ πλεῖον; Ar. 11, 7 πολλῷ πλεῖον) Dg 2:7; 4:5.—Also w. indications of number (s. 1bα) πλεῖον ἢ ἄρτοι πέντε Lk 9:13 (the words πλ. ἤ outside the constr. as X., An. 1, 2, 11). In πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων more than twelve legions of angels Mt 26:53 the text is uncertain (B-D-F §185, 4; s. Rob. 666).—The adv. can also be expressed by πλειόνως (Aeneas Tact. 237; Jos., Ant. 17, 2; Leontios 24, p. 52, 10) more ὅσον … πλειόνως the more … the more IEph 6:1.
    superl. πλεῖστος, ον
    α. adj.
    א. superlative proper τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος the greatest part w. partitive gen. Hs 8, 2, 9; 9, 7, 4. As adv. acc. for the greatest part 8, 5, 6; 8, 10, 1 (s. μέρος 1d).
    ב. elative (s. Mayser II/1, 1926, 53) very great, very large (ὁ) πλεῖστος ὄχλος Mt 21:8 (ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος could also be the greatest part of the crowd, as Thu. 7, 78, 2; Pla., Rep. 3, 397d); Mk 4:1.
    β. subst. οἱ πλεῖστοι the majority, most Ac 19:32 D (Just., D. 1, 4; cp. D. 48, 4 πλεῖστοι).
    pert. to being high on a scale of extent
    positive πολύς, πολλή, πολύ
    α. as simple adj., to denote degree much, great, strong, severe, hard, deep, profound (Diod S 13, 7, 4 πολὺς φόβος; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 58 p. 265, 3 πολλὴ δικαιοσύνη; Eccl 5:16 θυμὸς π.; Sir 15:18 σοφία; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 4 [Stone p. 54] ἀθυμία; Just., D. 3, 1 ἠρεμία) ἀγάπη Eph 2:4. ἀγών 1 Th 2:2. ἄθλησις Hb 10:32. ἁπλότης Hv 3, 9, 1. ἀσιτία Ac 27:21. βία 24:6 [7] v.l. γογγυσμός J 7:12. διακονία Lk 10:40. δοκιμή 2 Cor 8:2. δόξα Mt 24:30; Hv 1, 3, 4; 2, 2, 6. δύναμις Mk 13:26. ἐγκράτεια strict self-control Hv 2, 3, 2. εἰρήνη complete or undisturbed peace (Diod S 3, 64, 7; 11, 38, 1) Ac 24:2. ἔλεος 1 Pt 1:3. ἐπιθυμία 1 Th 2:17. ζημία Ac 27:10. ζήτησις 15:7. θλῖψις 2 Cor 2:4a; 1 Th 1:6. καύχησις 2 Cor 7:4b (pred.). μακροθυμία Ro 9:22. ὀδυρμός Mt 2:18. παράκλησις 2 Cor 8:4. παρρησία (Wsd 5:1) 3:12; 7:4a (pred.); 1 Ti 3:13; Phlm 8. πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22c. πλάνη 2 Cl 1:7. πληροφορία 1 Th 1:5. πόνος Col 4:13. σιγή a great or general hush (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 25; Arrian, Anab. 5, 28, 4) Ac 21:40. στάσις 23:10. τρόμος 1 Cor 2:3. φαντασία Ac 25:23. χαρά 8:8; Phlm 7. ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; Jos., Ant. 8, 118) Mk 6:35ab.
    β. subst. πολλά in the acc. used as adv. greatly, earnestly, strictly, loudly, often etc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 14; Diod S 13, 41, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 19, 2; Aelian, VH 1, 23; 4 Km 10:18; Is 23:16; TestSol 1:1; GrBar; ApcMos; Jos., Ant. 14, 348) ἀλαλάζειν πολλά Mk 5:38 (s. ἀλαλάζω). πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν Hs 4:5c (ApcMos 32). π. ἀνακρίνειν Ac 28:18 v.l. π. ἀπορεῖν Mk 6:20 (Field, Notes 29). π. ἀσπάζεσθαι 1 Cor 16:19 (s. ἀσπάζομαι 1a). δεηθῆναι π. (GrBar 4:14; Jos., Vi. 173; 343) Hs 5, 4, 1. διαστέλλεσθαι Mk 5:43 (s. διαστέλλω). π. ἐπιτιμᾶν 3:12. π. ἐρωτᾶν earnestly pray Hv 2, 2, 1. κατηγορεῖν π. Mk 15:3 (s. κατηγορέω 1a). κηρύσσειν π. talk freely 1:45. κλαίειν bitterly Ac 8:24 D (ApcMos 39). κοπιᾶν (ApcMos 24; CIG IV 9552, 5 … μοι πολλὰ ἐκοπίασεν, cp. Dssm., LO 266, 5 [LAE 317]) work hard Ro 16:6, 12; 2 Cl 7:1b. νηστεύειν π. fast often Mt 9:14a. ὀμνύναι π. Mk 6:23. παρακαλεῖν Mk 5:10, 23; Ac 20:1 D; 1 Cor 16:12. π. πταίειν make many mistakes Js 3:2. π. σπαράσσειν convulse violently Mk 9:26a.—W. the art. ἐνεκοπτόμην τὰ πολλά I have been hindered these many times (cp. Ro 1:13 πολλάκις) Ro 15:22 (v.l. πολλάκις here too).
    γ. subst. πολύ in the acc. used as adv. greatly, very much, strongly (Da 6:15, 24 Theod.) ἀγαπᾶν πολύ show much affection, love greatly Lk 7:47b. κλαίειν π. weep loudly Rv 5:4.—Mk 12:27; Ac 18:27.
    superlative, the neut. acc. πλεῖστον, α as adv. (sing. Hom. et al.; pl. Pind. et al.)
    α. pl. πλεῖστα in the formula of greeting at the beginning of a letter πλεῖστα χαίρειν (POxy 742; 744; 1061 [all three I B.C.]; PTebt 314, 2 [II A.D.] and very oft. in pap.—Griech. pap ed. Ltzm.: Kl. Texte 142, 1910, p. 4, 5, 6, 7 al.; Preis. II s.v. πλεῖστος) heartiest greeting(s) IEph ins; IMg ins; ITr ins; IRo ins; ISm ins; IPol ins.
    β. sing. τὸ πλεῖστον at the most (Aristoph., Vesp. 260; Diod S 14, 71, 3 πεμπταῖοι ἢ τὸ πλ. ἑκταῖοι; POxy 58, 17; PGiss 65:9) κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ πλ. τρεῖς (word for word like Περὶ ὕψους 32, 1) 1 Cor 14:27.—B. 922f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πολύς

  • 116 σκηνοποιός

    σκηνοποιός, οῦ, ὁ
    maker of stage properties (acc. to Pollux 7, 189 the Old Comedy used the word as a synonym for μηχανοποιός=either a ‘stagehand’ who moved stage properties [as Aristoph., Pax 174] or a ‘manufacturer of stage properties’. Associated terms include σκηνογράφος Diog. L. 2, 125 and σκηνογραφία Arist., Poet. 1449a and Polyb. 12, 28a, 1, in ref. to painting of stage scenery) Ac 18:3. But if one understands σκηνή not as ‘scene’ but as ‘tent’ and considers it improbable that Prisca, Aquila, and Paul would have practiced such a trade in the face of alleged religious objections (s. Schürer II 54–55 on Jewish attitudes towards theatrical productions), one would follow the traditional rendering
    tentmaker. This interpretation has long enjoyed favor (s. Lampe s.v.; REB, NRSV; Hemer, Acts 119, 233), but several considerations militate against it. The term σκηνοποιός is not used outside the Bible (and its influence), except for Pollux (above) and Herm. Wr. 516, 10f=Stob. I, 463, 7ff. There it appears as an adj. and in a figurative sense concerning production of a dwelling appropriate for the soul. The context therefore clearly indicates a structure as the primary component, but in the absence of such a qualifier in Ac 18:3 it is necessary to take account of words and expressions that similarly contain the terms σκηνή and ποιεῖν. A survey of usage indicates that σκηνή appears freq. as the obj. of ποιέω in the sense ‘pitch’ or ‘erect a tent’ (s. ποιέω 1a; act. σκηνοποιέω Is 13:20 Sym. οὐδὲ σκηνοποιήσει ἐκεῖ ῎ Αραψ; 22:15 Sym.; mid. σκηνοποιέομαι Aristot., Meteor. 348b, 35; Clearch., Fgm. 48 W.; Polyb. 14, 1, 7; Diod S 3, 27, 4; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 9, 8.—Cp. σκηνοποιί̈α Aeneas Tact. 8, 3; Polyb. 6, 28, 3; ins, RevArch 3, ’34, 40; and acc. to the text. trad. of Dt 31:10 as an alternate expr. for σκηνοπηγία.—Ex 26:1, it is granted, offers clear evidence of use of the non-compounded σκηνή + ποιέω in the sense ‘produce’ or ‘manufacture [not pitch] a tent’, but the context makes the meaning unmistakable; cp. Herodian 7, 2, 4 on the building of rude housing). Analogously σκηνοποιός would mean ‘one who pitches or erects tents’, linguistically a more probable option than that of ‘tentmaker’, but in the passages cited for σκηνοποιέω and σκηνοποιί̈α components in the context (cp. the case for provision of housing in the Hermetic pass.) clearly point to the denotation ‘pitching of tents’, whereas Ac 18:3 lacks such a clear qualifier. Moreover, it is questionable whether residents of nomadic areas would depend on specialists to assist in such a common task (s. Mt 17:4 par. where a related kind of independent enterprise is mentioned).—That Prisca, Aquila, and Paul might have been engaged in the preparation of parts for the production of a tent is also improbable, since such tasks would have been left to their hired help. That they might have been responsible for putting a tent together out of various pieces is ruled out by the availability of the term σκηνορράφος (Ael., VH 2, 1 et al.; Bull. Inst. Arch. Bulg. 8, 69) in the sense of stitching together (the verb ἐπιτελεῖν Hb 8:5 does not support such a view, for it is not an alternate expr. for ‘production’ of a tent but denotes ‘completion’ of a project, connoting a strong sense of religious commitment; see ἐπιτελέω 2) in which the component ῥαφ-provides an unmistakable qualifier.—In modern times more consideration has been given to identification of Paul’s trade as ‘leather-worker’, an interpretation favored by numerous versions and patristic writings (s. Zahn, AG, ad loc.; L-S-J-M Suppl., s.v., as replacement for their earlier ‘tentmaker’; Haenchen, ad loc., after JJeremias, ZNW 30, ’31; Hock, s. below). As such he would make tents and other products from leather (Hock [s. below] 21). But this and other efforts at more precise definition, such as weaver of tent-cloth (a view no longer in fashion) may transmit reflections of awareness of local practice in lieu of semantic precision.—In the absence of any use of the term σκηνοποιός, beyond the pass. in Pollux and the Herm. Wr., and the lack of specific qualifiers in the text of Ac 18:3, one is left with the strong probability that Luke’s publics in urban areas, where theatrical productions were in abundance, would think of σκηνοποιός in ref. to matters theatrical (s. 1). In addition, Ac 20:34; 1 Cor 4:12; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8 indicate that Paul’s work was of a technical nature and was carried out in metropolitan areas, where there would be large demand for such kind of work. What publics in other areas might understand is subject to greater question, for the evidence is primarily anecdotal.—JWeiss, Das Urchristentum 1917, 135; FGrosheide, Παῦλος σκηνοποιός: TSt 35, 1917, 241f; Zahn, AG II 632, 10; 634; Billerb. II 745–47; Beginn. IV, 223; PLampe, BZ 31, ’87, 211–21; RHock, The Social Context of Paul’s Ministry: Tentmaking and Apostleship ’80.—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > σκηνοποιός

  • 117 Cognitive Science

       The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense.... [P]eople and intelligent computers turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)
       2) Experimental Psychology, Theoretical Linguistics, and Computational Simulation of Cognitive Processes Are All Components of Cognitive Science
       I went away from the Symposium with a strong conviction, more intuitive than rational, that human experimental psychology, theoretical linguistics, and computer simulation of cognitive processes were all pieces of a larger whole, and that the future would see progressive elaboration and coordination of their shared concerns.... I have been working toward a cognitive science for about twenty years beginning before I knew what to call it. (G. A. Miller, 1979, p. 9)
        Cognitive Science studies the nature of cognition in human beings, other animals, and inanimate machines (if such a thing is possible). While computers are helpful within cognitive science, they are not essential to its being. A science of cognition could still be pursued even without these machines.
        Computer Science studies various kinds of problems and the use of computers to solve them, without concern for the means by which we humans might otherwise resolve them. There could be no computer science if there were no machines of this kind, because they are indispensable to its being. Artificial Intelligence is a special branch of computer science that investigates the extent to which the mental powers of human beings can be captured by means of machines.
       There could be cognitive science without artificial intelligence but there could be no artificial intelligence without cognitive science. One final caveat: In the case of an emerging new discipline such as cognitive science there is an almost irresistible temptation to identify the discipline itself (as a field of inquiry) with one of the theories that inspired it (such as the computational conception...). This, however, is a mistake. The field of inquiry (or "domain") stands to specific theories as questions stand to possible answers. The computational conception should properly be viewed as a research program in cognitive science, where "research programs" are answers that continue to attract followers. (Fetzer, 1996, pp. xvi-xvii)
       What is the nature of knowledge and how is this knowledge used? These questions lie at the core of both psychology and artificial intelligence.
       The psychologist who studies "knowledge systems" wants to know how concepts are structured in the human mind, how such concepts develop, and how they are used in understanding and behavior. The artificial intelligence researcher wants to know how to program a computer so that it can understand and interact with the outside world. The two orientations intersect when the psychologist and the computer scientist agree that the best way to approach the problem of building an intelligent machine is to emulate the human conceptual mechanisms that deal with language.... The name "cognitive science" has been used to refer to this convergence of interests in psychology and artificial intelligence....
       This working partnership in "cognitive science" does not mean that psychologists and computer scientists are developing a single comprehensive theory in which people are no different from machines. Psychology and artificial intelligence have many points of difference in methods and goals.... We simply want to work on an important area of overlapping interest, namely a theory of knowledge systems. As it turns out, this overlap is substantial. For both people and machines, each in their own way, there is a serious problem in common of making sense out of what they hear, see, or are told about the world. The conceptual apparatus necessary to perform even a partial feat of understanding is formidable and fascinating. (Schank & Abelson, 1977, pp. 1-2)
       Within the last dozen years a general change in scientific outlook has occurred, consonant with the point of view represented here. One can date the change roughly from 1956: in psychology, by the appearance of Bruner, Goodnow, and Austin's Study of Thinking and George Miller's "The Magical Number Seven"; in linguistics, by Noam Chomsky's "Three Models of Language"; and in computer science, by our own paper on the Logic Theory Machine. (Newell & Simon, 1972, p. 4)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Cognitive Science

  • 118 man

    1. noun
    , pl. men
    1) no art., no pl. (human being, person) Mensch, der; (the human race) der Mensch

    what can a man do?was kann man tun?

    every man for himself — rette sich, wer kann

    any man who... — wer...; jeder, der...

    [all] to a man — allesamt

    the man in or (Amer.) on the street — der Mann auf der Straße

    the rights of mandie Menschenrechte

    2) (adult male, individual male) Mann, der

    every man, woman, and child — ausnahmslos jeder od. alle

    the [very] man for something — der richtige Mann od. der Richtige für etwas

    make a man out of somebody(fig.) einen Mann aus jemandem machen

    a man of property/great strength — ein vermögender/sehr kräftiger Mann

    men's clothing/outfitter — Herrenkleidung, die/Herrenausstatter, der

    be man enough to... — Manns genug sein, um zu...

    something sorts out or separates the men from the boys — (coll.) an etwas (Dat.) zeigt sich, wer ein ganzer Kerl ist und wer nicht

    be one's own manseine eigenen Vorstellungen haben

    men's toilet — Herrentoilette, die

    ‘Men’ — "Herren"

    my [good] man — mein Guter

    3) (husband) Mann, der
    4) (Chess) Figur, die; (Draughts) Stein, der
    5) (coll.): (as int. of surprise or impatience, as mode of address) Mensch! (salopp)
    6) (type of man) Mann, der; Typ, der

    a man of the people/world/of action — ein Mann des Volkes/von Welt/der Tat

    7) (manservant) Diener, der
    2. transitive verb,
    - nn- bemannen [Schiff, Spill]; besetzen [Büro, Stelle usw.]; bedienen [Telefon, Geschütz]; [Soldaten:] Stellung beziehen in (+ Dat.) [Festung]; mit Personal besetzen [Fabrik]
    * * *
    [mæn] 1. plural - men; noun
    1) (an adult male human being: Hundreds of men, women and children; a four-man team.) der Mann
    2) (human beings taken as a whole; the human race: the development of man.) der Mensch
    3) (obviously masculine male person: He's independent, tough, strong, brave - a real man!) der Mann
    4) (a word sometimes used in speaking informally or giving commands to someone: Get on with your work, man, and stop complaining!) Mensch!
    5) (an ordinary soldier, who is not an officer: officers and men.) der Soldat
    6) (a piece used in playing chess or draughts: I took three of his men in one move.) die Figur
    2. verb
    (to supply with men (especially soldiers): The colonel manned the guns with soldiers from our regiment.) bemannen
    - academic.ru/114908/-man">-man
    - manhood
    - mankind
    - manly
    - manliness
    - manned
    - man-eating
    - man-eater
    - manhandle
    - manhole
    - man-made
    - manpower
    - manservant
    - mansized
    - mansize
    - manslaughter
    - menfolk
    - menswear
    - as one man
    - the man in the street
    - man of letters
    - man of the world
    - man to man
    - to a man
    * * *
    [mæn]
    I. n
    <pl men>
    1. (male adult) Mann m
    \man's bicycle Herrenfahrrad nt
    men's clothing Herrenkleidung f
    men's shoes/gloves Herrenschuhe/-handschuhe pl
    the men's [room] die Herrentoilette, SCHWEIZ a. Männer-WC nt fam
    the men in [grey] suits die so genannten Herren im grauen Anzug (gesichtslose, aber einflussreiche Geschäftsleute)
    a \man-to- \man talk ein Gespräch nt unter Männern
    a \man's voice eine Männerstimme [o männliche Stimme]
    dirty old \man ( pej fam) alter Lustmolch pej, alte Drecksau pej sl
    \man to \man von Mann zu Mann
    to talk [as] \man to \man offen [o ein offenes Wort] miteinander reden
    2. (brave person) Mann m
    be [or act like] a \man! sei ein Mann!
    she's more of a \man than anyone of them sie hat mehr Mumm in den Knochen als sie alle fam
    to be \man enough [to do sth] Manns genug sein[, etw zu tun]
    to be only half a \man nur ein halber Mann sein
    to make a \man [out] of sb einen Mann aus jdm machen
    sth separates [or sorts out] the men from the boys ( fam) an etw dat zeigt sich, wer ein ganzer Kerl
    to take sth like a \man etw wie ein [richtiger] Mann ertragen
    3. (person) Mensch m
    all men are equal alle Menschen sind gleich
    \man overboard! Mann über Bord!
    our \man in Washington unser Mann in Washington
    a \man could do a lot with 20,000 euros mit 20.000 Euro könnte man viel anfangen
    every \man, woman, and child ausnahmslos jeder, alle
    to be sb's right-hand \man jds rechte Hand sein
    every \man for himself jeder für sich akk
    to be one's own \man sein eigener Herr sein
    as one \man wie ein Mann
    as one \man, the delegates made for the exit geschlossen gingen die Delegierten hinaus
    to a [or the last] \man bis auf den letzten Mann
    to a \man, we were enthusiastic about the idea wir waren allesamt begeistert von der Idee
    4. no pl, no art (mankind) der Mensch, die Menschheit
    this is one of the most dangerous substances known to \man das ist eine der gefährlichsten Substanzen, die bisher bekannt sind
    the dog is \man's best friend der Hund ist des Menschen bester Freund
    Heidelberg \man der Heidelbergmensch
    the rights of \man die Menschenrechte
    5. (particular type)
    he is a \man of his word er ist jemand, der zu seinem Wort steht, er steht zu seinem Wort
    he's not a \man to... er ist nicht der Mensch [o Typ], der...
    she's the right/wrong \man for the job sie ist die Richtige/Falsche für diesen Job
    if you're looking for an expert he's your \man wenn Sie einen Fachmann suchen, ist er genau der Richtige [für Sie]
    you've come to the right \man da sind Sie bei mir richtig
    he's not a drinking \man er ist kein großer Trinker
    I'm not a gambling \man ich mache mir nichts aus Glücksspielen
    Ian is an Oxford \man (is from) Ian kommt aus Oxford; (attended university) Ian hat in Oxford studiert
    he's a loyal Labour \man er ist ein treuer Anhänger der Labour-Partei
    Billy is a \man about town Billy weiß immer, was in der Stadt so los ist
    to be a \man of action ein Mann der Tat sein
    a \man of the cloth ein Mann m Gottes
    a \man Friday ein treuer Helfer
    to be a family \man ein Familienmensch m sein
    a \man of God ( form: a clergyman) ein Mann m Gottes; (a saint) ein Heiliger
    the \man of the house der Herr des Hauses
    to be a ladies' \man ein Charmeur m [o Frauenheld m] sein
    a \man of letters writer ein Schriftsteller m [o Literat m]; scholar ein Gelehrter m
    the \man of the match BRIT SPORT der Held des Tages
    to be \man of the moment der richtige Mann am richtigen Ort sein
    the \man in the moon der Mann im Mond
    the \man on the Clapham omnibus BRIT der Durchschnittsbürger
    to be a \man of the people ein Mann m des Volkes sein
    to be a \man of straw ein Hochstapler m sein
    the \man in the street der kleine Mann
    to be a \man of the world ein Mann m von Welt sein
    the inner \man das Innere
    the odd \man out der Außenseiter
    he is the odd \man out of the three because... er ist der Außenseiter unter den dreien, weil...
    6. (soldier, worker)
    men pl Männer pl, Leute pl
    the expedition was made up of 100 officers and men die Expedition bestand aus 100 Offizieren und einfachen Soldaten
    7. ( fam: form of address) Mann m fam, Mensch m fam
    give me that, \man! gib das her, Mann! fam
    my good \man! mein lieber Mann! fam
    hey, old \man! he, alter Junge! fam
    8. ( old: servant) Diener m
    9. ( fam: husband) Mann m; (boyfriend) Freund m, Typ m sl
    to live as \man and wife wie Mann und Frau zusammenleben
    10. (in board games) [Spiel]figur f; (in draughts) [Spiel]stein m
    11. no pl AM (sl)
    the \man (the boss) der Boss fam; (white people) die Weißen pl; (the police) die Bullen pl pej fam
    12.
    \man's best friend der beste Freund des Menschen
    \man and boy ( dated) das ganze Leben lang, von Kindesbeinen an
    you can't keep a good \man down ( prov) er/sie lässt sich nicht unterkriegen
    \man proposes, God disposes ( prov) der Mensch denkt, Gott lenkt prov
    II. interj ( fam: to emphasize) Mensch fam, Mann fam; (in enthusiasm) Mann fam, Manometer fam; (in anger) Mann fam; (complaining) Menno Kindersprache, na geh' ÖSTERR Kindersprache
    \man, we had a good time! Mann, haben wir uns amüsiert! fam
    III. vt
    <- nn->
    1. (be present)
    \man the pumps! alle Mann an die Pumpen!
    to \man the barricades/a fortress die Barrikaden/eine Festung besetzen
    to \man a gun/phone ein Geschütz/Telefon bedienen
    2. (staff)
    to \man a fortress/a picket eine Stellung/einen Streikposten besetzen
    to \man a ship ein Schiff bemannen
    * * *
    [mn]
    1. n pl men
    1) (= adult male) Mann m

    this incident made a man out of himdieses Ereignis hat ihn zum Mann gemacht

    I'm only half a man without youohne dich bin ich nur ein halber Mensch

    he took it like a maner hat es wie ein Mann or mannhaft ertragen

    man and boy — von Kindheit/Jugend an

    the man in the street — der Mann auf der Straße, der kleine Mann

    man of GodMann m Gottes

    you're a man about town, you know where... (Brit)du kennst dich aus, du weißt, wo...

    as one man to another —

    well done, that man! — gut gemacht, alter Junge! (inf)

    to be man enough (to do sth) — Manns genug sein(, etw zu tun)

    man's bicycle/jacket — Herrenfahrrad nt/-jacke

    old man (dated)alter Junge (dated) or Knabe (dated)

    See:
    good
    2) (= human race also Man) der Mensch, die Menschen
    3) (= person) man

    no man — keiner, niemand

    any man who believes that... — wer das glaubt,...

    that man Jones —

    as one man — geschlossen, wie ein Mann

    4)

    (= type) the right/wrong man — der Richtige/Falsche

    you've come to the right manda sind or liegen (inf) Sie bei mir richtig

    he's not the man to make a mistake like thatso etwas würde ihm bestimmt nicht passieren

    he's not a man to... — er ist nicht der Typ, der...

    it's got to be a local manes muss jemand von hier or aus dieser Gegend sein

    he's a leg/tit man (inf) — er steht bei Frauen vor allem auf Beine/Titten (inf)

    5) (inf interj) Mensch (inf), Mann (inf)

    you can't do that, man — Mensch or Mann, das kannst du doch nicht machen!

    fantastic, man! see you, man! — klasse, Mann! (inf) bis später

    are you coming with us, man? — du, kommst du noch mit?

    6) (= employee, soldier etc) Mann m; (= servant) Bedienstete(r) m

    she has a man to do the garden — sie hat jemanden, der den Garten macht

    follow me, men! — mir nach, Leute!

    7) (CHESS) Figur f; (in draughts) Stein m
    2. vt
    ship bemannen; fortress, barricades, checkpoint besetzen; power station, pump, gun, telephone etc bedienen; pickets bewachen

    a fully manned ship —

    he left 10 soldiers behind to man the fortress man the guns/pumps! — er ließ 10 Soldaten als Besatzung für die Festung zurück an die Geschütze/Pumpen!

    the captain gave the signal to man the gunsder Kapitän gab das Zeichen zur Besetzung der Geschütze

    * * *
    man [mæn]
    A pl men [men] s
    1. Mensch m
    2. oft Man koll der Mensch, die Menschen pl, die Menschheit:
    the rights of man die Menschenrechte;
    the history of man die Menschheitsgeschichte
    3. Mann m:
    is your doctor a man or a woman? haben Sie einen Arzt od eine Ärztin?;
    man about town Lebemann;
    the man in (US a. on) the street der Mann auf der Straße, der Durchschnittsbürger, der gewöhnliche Sterbliche;
    a) Faktotum n,
    b) Allerweltskerl m;
    man of God Diener m Gottes;
    man of hono(u)r Ehrenmann;
    man of straw fig Strohmann;
    a) Mann von Welt,
    b) Mann mit (sexueller) Erfahrung;
    Man of Sorrows REL Schmerzensmann (Christus);
    he is a man of his word er steht zu seinem Wort;
    he is an Oxford man er hat in Oxford studiert;
    I have known him man and boy ich kenne ihn schon von Jugend auf;
    be one’s own man sein eigener Herr sein;
    he spoke to him as one man to another er sprach mit ihm von Mann zu Mann;
    the man Smith (besagter oder dieser) Smith;
    a man and a brother Br umg ein patenter Kerl;
    my good man! iron mein lieber Herr!;
    be man enough to do sth Manns genug sein, etwas zu tun;
    a five-man move (besonders Fußball) eine Kombination über fünf Stationen; action 1, inner man, letter1 A 5 c, mark1 B 14 a
    4. weitS.
    a) Mann m, Person f
    b) jemand
    c) man:
    as a man als Mensch (schlechthin);
    a) irgendjemand,
    b) jedermann;
    be any man’s money für Geld (fast) alles tun;
    every man jeder(mann);
    few men nur wenige (Menschen);
    no man niemand;
    50 p per man 50 Pence pro Person oder Mann;
    what can a man do in such a case? was kann man da schon machen?;
    give a man a chance einem eine Chance geben;
    the Man US sl
    a) der Weiße,
    b) das ( besonders weiße) Establishment,
    c) die Bullen pl pej, die Polizei; jack1 A 2
    5. Mann m:
    as one man wie ein Mann, geschlossen;
    on this question they were as one man in dieser Frage waren sich alle einig;
    man by man Mann für Mann, einer nach dem anderen;
    to a man bis auf den letzten Mann;
    man on! SPORT Hintermann!
    6. (Ehe)Mann m:
    man and wife Mann und Frau
    7. (der) (richtige) Mann, (der) Richtige:
    if you want a guide, he is your man;
    I am your man! ich bin Ihr Mann!;
    he is not the man to do it er ist nicht der richtige Mann dafür
    8. (wahrer oder echter oder richtiger) Mann:
    be a man! sei ein Mann!, reiß dich zusammen!
    9. koll die Männer pl, der Mann
    10. a) Diener m
    b) Angestellte(r) m
    c) Arbeiter m:
    11. MIL Mann m:
    a) Soldat m
    b) Matrose m
    c) pl Mannschaft f:
    man on leave Urlauber m;
    20 men zwanzig Mann
    12. (als int) auch man alive! Mensch!, Menschenskind!, Mann!:
    hurry up, man! Mensch, beeil dich!
    13. HIST Lehnsmann m, Untertan m
    14. Brettspiele: Stein m, (Schach) Figur f
    B v/t
    1. SCHIFF, MIL
    a) ein Schiff etc bemannen:
    b) eine Festung etc besetzen:
    2. einen Arbeitsplatz etc besetzen
    3. fig jemanden stärken:
    man o.s. sich ermannen oder aufraffen
    * * *
    1. noun
    , pl. men
    1) no art., no pl. (human being, person) Mensch, der; (the human race) der Mensch

    every man for himself — rette sich, wer kann

    any man who... — wer...; jeder, der...

    [all] to a man — allesamt

    the man in or (Amer.) on the street — der Mann auf der Straße

    2) (adult male, individual male) Mann, der

    every man, woman, and child — ausnahmslos jeder od. alle

    the [very] man for something — der richtige Mann od. der Richtige für etwas

    make a man out of somebody(fig.) einen Mann aus jemandem machen

    a man of property/great strength — ein vermögender/sehr kräftiger Mann

    men's clothing/outfitter — Herrenkleidung, die/Herrenausstatter, der

    be man enough to... — Manns genug sein, um zu...

    something sorts out or separates the men from the boys — (coll.) an etwas (Dat.) zeigt sich, wer ein ganzer Kerl ist und wer nicht

    men's toilet — Herrentoilette, die

    ‘Men’ — "Herren"

    my [good] man — mein Guter

    3) (husband) Mann, der
    4) (Chess) Figur, die; (Draughts) Stein, der
    5) (coll.): (as int. of surprise or impatience, as mode of address) Mensch! (salopp)
    6) (type of man) Mann, der; Typ, der

    a man of the people/world/of action — ein Mann des Volkes/von Welt/der Tat

    7) (manservant) Diener, der
    2. transitive verb,
    - nn- bemannen [Schiff, Spill]; besetzen [Büro, Stelle usw.]; bedienen [Telefon, Geschütz]; [Soldaten:] Stellung beziehen in (+ Dat.) [Festung]; mit Personal besetzen [Fabrik]
    * * *
    n.
    (§ pl.: men)
    = Mann ¨-- m.
    Mannsbild n.

    English-german dictionary > man

  • 119 come on

    1.
    ['] intransitive verb
    1) (continue coming, follow) kommen

    come on! — komm, komm/kommt, kommt!; (encouraging) na, komm; (impatient) na, komm schon; (incredulous) ach komm!

    2) (make progress)
    3) (begin to arrive) [Nacht, Dunkelheit, Winter:] anbrechen
    4) (appear on stage or scene) auftreten
    2.
    ['] transitive verb see academic.ru/14464/come_upon">come upon
    * * *
    1) (to appear on stage or the screen: They waited for the comedian to come on.) auftreten
    2) (hurry up!: Come on - we'll be late for the party!) los!, beeil´ dich!
    3) (don't be ridiculous!: Come on, you don't really expect me to believe that!) na, hör mal
    * * *
    vi
    1. (hurry) sich akk beeilen
    \come on on! komm jetzt!, mach schon! fam; (expression of encouragement) komm schon!
    2. (expression of annoyance)
    \come on on! jetzt hör aber auf!
    3. (improve) vorankommen, Fortschritte machen
    how's your English coming on? wie geht's mit deinem Englisch voran?
    how's your broken leg?oh, it's coming on was macht dein gebrochenes Bein? — ah, schon wieder besser
    to \come on on to sb jdn anbaggern fam
    to \come on on strong ganz schön rangehen fam
    5. (appear) actor, performer auftreten
    6. (begin) film, programme anfangen, beginnen; (start to work) heating, lights angehen; night, darkness hereinbrechen
    what time does the news \come on on? wann kommen die Nachrichten?
    the rain came on es begann zu regnen
    I've a cold coming on ich kriege eine Erkältung
    to have a headache/bad temper coming on Kopfschmerzen/schlechte Laune kriegen fam
    7. LAW case verhandelt werden
    to \come on on sth [zufällig] auf etw akk stoßen
    9. (age)
    he's coming on fifty er wird fünfzig
    to \come on on to a subject [or topic] ein Thema anschneiden
    * * *
    1. vi
    1) (= follow) nachkommen
    2)
    See:
    = come along
    3) (= continue to advance) zukommen (towards auf +acc)
    4) (Brit: progress, develop) = come along
    See:
    = come along
    5) (= start night) hereinbrechen; (storm) ausbrechen, einsetzen

    it came on to rain, the rain came on — es begann zu regnen, es fing an zu regnen

    I've a cold coming on —

    6) (JUR case) verhandelt werden
    7) (SPORT player) ins Spiel kommen; (THEAT, actor) auftreten, auf die Bühne kommen; (play) gegeben werden
    8) (inf)
    9) (inf

    = make impression, behave) he tries to come on like a tough guy — er versucht, den starken Mann zu mimen

    he came on with this bit about knowing the directorer gab damit an, den Direktor zu kennen

    2. vi +prep obj
    See:
    = come (up)on
    * * *
    come on v/i
    1. herankommen:
    a) komm (mit)!,
    b) komm her!,
    c) na, komm schon!; los!,
    d) umg na, na!; nur sachte!
    2. beginnen, einsetzen:
    it came on to rain es begann zu regnen
    3. an die Reihe kommen
    4. THEAT
    a) auftreten
    b) aufgeführt werden
    5. stattfinden
    6. a) wachsen, gedeihen
    b) vorankommen, Fortschritte machen
    7. JUR verhandelt werden (Fall)
    8. come upon 3
    * * *
    1.
    ['] intransitive verb
    1) (continue coming, follow) kommen

    come on! — komm, komm/kommt, kommt!; (encouraging) na, komm; (impatient) na, komm schon; (incredulous) ach komm!

    3) (begin to arrive) [Nacht, Dunkelheit, Winter:] anbrechen
    2.
    ['] transitive verb see come upon

    English-german dictionary > come on

  • 120 hand

    1. [hænd] n
    I
    1. рука, кисть руки

    cupped hands - горсть; пригоршня

    laying on of the hands - церк. рукоположение

    hands off! - руки прочь!

    hands up! - а) руки вверх!; б) поднимите руки (на уроке и т. п.)

    to take [to hold] smb.'s hand - взять [держать] кого-л. за руку

    to lead smb. by the hand - вести кого-л. за руку

    2. 1) лапа, передняя нога ( обезьяны)
    2) лапа (сокола, попугая)
    3) клешня ( рака)
    4. сторона, направление, положение

    on all hands, on every hand - со всех сторон

    at his right [left] hand sat the President - справа [слева] от него сидел президент

    5. источник (сведений, информации и т. п.)

    a story heard at second hand - история, услышанная от третьего лица

    6. стрелка (часов, барометра и т. п.)
    7. крыло ( семафора)
    8. ком.
    1) пучок, связка
    2) окорок
    9. повод, поводья, узда
    10. ладонь, хенд (мера длины, равная четырём дюймам;10,16 см)
    11. фактура (ткани и т. п.)

    the smooth hand of leather - мягкость /гладкость/ кожи

    II
    1. часто pl рабочий, работник ( занятый физическим трудом)

    hands wanted! - требуется рабочая сила!; требуются рабочие!

    farm hand - помощник на ферме; сельскохозяйственный рабочий

    2. 1) матрос
    2) pl мор. команда, экипаж ( судна)

    all hands on deck! - все наверх!

    all hands to quarters! - все по своим местам!

    3. pl группа, компания
    4. автор; исполнитель
    5. мастер своего дела; искусник, умелец; дока; человек, имеющий большой опыт в чём-л.

    to be a new hand at smth. - быть новичком в чём-л.

    she is a great hand at thinking up new games - она мастерица придумывать новые игры

    he is an old parliamentary hand - у него большой опыт парламентской деятельности

    6. умение, ловкость, мастерство; манера исполнения

    to be in hand with smth. - ловко /искусно/ делать что-л.

    to get one's hand in - набраться опыта; набить руку

    a pianist has to practise every day to keep his hand in - пианист должен упражняться ежедневно, чтобы сохранить беглость пальцев

    his hand is out - а) он устал; б) он отвык

    his hand had been out at tennis for so long that he could not get it in again - он так долго не играл в теннис, что совсем разучился

    7. 1) почерк

    to write a very legible hand - писать очень разборчиво, иметь очень разборчивый почерк

    2) подпись

    under hand and seal - юр. за подписью и печатью

    8. помощь

    a helping hand - а) помощь; б) помощник

    to give /to lend/ a hand - оказать помощь, помочь

    to bear a hand - помогать, содействовать

    9. роль, участие, доля

    to have a hand in smth. - участвовать в чём-л.; приложить руку к чему-л.

    10. театр. разг. аплодисменты

    to give smb. a big hand - громко /дружно/ аплодировать кому-л.

    III
    1. 1) контроль; власть, твёрдая рука

    to act with a heavy /high/ hand - действовать безжалостно; подавлять безжалостной рукой

    to keep a strict hand over smb. - держать кого-л. в ежовых рукавицах, держать кого-л. в руках

    2) обыкн. pl владение; распоряжение

    to change hands - перейти в другие руки; переходить из рук в руки

    to put oneself in smb.'s hands - довериться, вверить кому-л. свою судьбу

    the hotel has changed hands - в отеле новый владелец /хозяин/

    3) pl попечение, забота

    to take smth. on one's hands - принять на себя заботы о чём-л.

    2. 1) согласие, обещание

    here's my hand on it! - вот вам моя рука!, даю вам слово!

    2) согласие или предложение вступить в брак

    to ask smb.'s hand - просить чьей-л. руки

    3. карт.
    1) карты, находящиеся на руках у одного игрока

    I'm holding my hand! - я - пас

    2) игрок, рука
    3) партия; кон

    even hands - «при своих»

    the hand of God - десница божья, провидение, божья воля

    at /амер. on/ hand - а) под рукой, рядом, неподалёку; б) готовый, доступный; there is always a doctor at hand - врач всегда в вашем распоряжении; всегда можно вызвать врача; в) близко, вскоре (тж. close at hand, near at hand)

    by hand - ручным способом, вручную

    to bring up /to feed/ a child [a calf] by hand - искусственно вскармливать ребёнка [телёнка]

    in hand - а) в руках; в наличии; в чьём-л. распоряжении; cash in hand - наличные деньги; he still has some money in hand - у него ещё остались деньги; I have five minutes in hand - у меня ещё пять минут в запасе; б) под контролем; to bear smb. in hand - держать кого-л. в руках /в своей власти/; I'll take it in hand - я этим займусь; я беру это на себя; to keep a car /a horse/ well in hand - хорошо смотреть /ухаживать/ за машиной /за лошадью/; to keep /to have/ oneself well in hand - не распускаться, не давать воли чувствам; держать себя в руках; в) в работе; в стадии рассмотрения

    the matter in hand - повестка дня; текущая /рассматриваемая/ проблема; вопрос, о котором идёт речь

    off hand - экспромтом; не раздумывая

    off one's hands - ≅ с плеч долой

    he can't get the work off his hands - он никак не может разделаться с этой работой

    on hand - на руках; в наличии

    to have too many goods (left) on hand /on one's hands/ - иметь в наличии слишком много товаров, затовариться

    I'm on hand if you need me - я буду рядом /здесь/ - позовите, если понадоблюсь

    out of hand - а) немедленно, быстро, экспромтом; недолго думая, с места в карьер; без долгих слов; to do smth. out of hand - сделать что-л. без промедления /экспромтом/; to reject smth. out of hand - отказать наотрез; отклонить (предложение и т. п.) без обсуждения; б) бесконтрольно; his wrath got out of hand - им овладела слепая ярость; в) отбившийся от рук; these children are quite out of hand - дети совсем распустились; г) сделанный, законченный (о работе, деле и т. п.)

    the case has been out of hand for some time - дело было закончено некоторое время назад

    to hand - а) поблизости, в пределах досягаемости; б) находящийся в чьём-л. распоряжении

    to come to hand - попасть в руки; прийти, поступить (о письме и т. п.); появиться; подвернуться

    take what comes next to hand - бери, что хочешь

    to one's hand - на свой манер, на свой лад

    to bring up to one's hand - воспитать /переделать/ на свой лад

    under hand - скрытно, тайком

    hand in hand - а) взявшись за руки; б) вместе, сообща

    hand to hand - ≅ лицом к лицу

    to fight hand to hand - сойтись /схватиться/ врукопашную

    hand over hand, hand over fist - а) быстро /живо/ и легко; to come up hand over hand - приближаться на всех парах ( о корабле); б) стабильно; медленно, но верно

    to climb hand over fist - карабкаться вверх, перебирая руками /перехватывая руки/

    hand over head - смело, очертя голову

    hand in /and/ glove (with) - в тесной связи; в тесном сотрудничестве

    they are hand in glove - они всегда заодно; они спелись

    hand and foot - а) по рукам и ногам; to bind hand and foot - связать по рукам и ногам; б) не за страх, а за совесть

    to serve hand and foot - служить не за страх, а за совесть

    heart and hand см. heart I

    to live from hand to mouth - с трудом перебиваться; кое-как сводить концы с концами

    on the one hand..., on the other hand - с одной стороны..., с другой стороны

    at /on/ any hand - во всяком случае

    in the turning of a hand - уст. вмиг, в одно мгновение

    hands down - легко, без труда

    a man of quick hands - ловкий, быстрый, исполнительный человек

    to make a (good) hand of smth. - нагреть руки /поживиться/ на чём-л.

    to show one's hand - голосовать, поднимая руки

    to tip one's hand - преждевременно сообщать свои планы, раскрывать свои карты

    to stand one's hand - сл. заплатить за выпивку, угостить кого-л. спиртным

    to wring one's hands - ломать /заламывать/ руки (от отчаяния и т. п.)

    to kiss one's hand to smb. - послать кому-л. воздушный поцелуй

    to join hands - объединиться, объединить усилия

    to strike hands - ударить по рукам, договориться

    to shake hands with smb. - жать руку кому-л., здороваться или прощаться с кем-л. за руку

    throw up one's hands - опустить руки, признать своё поражение, спасовать

    to lay hands on smth. - завладеть чем-л.

    to lay hands on smb. - захватить, арестовать кого-л.

    to put one's hand on smth. - иметь что-л. под рукой

    to set /to put/ one's hands to a task - взяться за работу

    I don't know what to put my hands to fist - не знаю, с чего мне начать

    to put /to dip/ one's hand in the till - запускать руку в кассу

    to wash one's hands of smb. - снимать с себя ответственность (за кого-л.), умывать руки

    to have one's hands full - ≅ хлопот полон рот

    to have a light hand - быть деликатным /тактичным/

    to have clean hands - быть неподкупным /честным/

    to put the last hand to smth. - отделать что-л. начисто, завершить что-л.

    to get /to have/ the upper hand - одержать верх, одолеть, взять верх

    to lay violent hands on oneself - книжн. наложить на себя руки

    not to do a hand's turn - ничего не делать; ≅ не ударить палец о палец

    not to move hand or foot - ничего не делать /не предпринимать/; ≅ не ударить палец о палец

    play into the hand's of smb. /into smb.'s hands/ - играть на руку кому-л.; ≅ лить воду на чью-л. мельницу

    to sit on one's hands - а) сидеть сложа руки, выжидать; б) не аплодировать

    to be on /upon/ the mending hand - выздоравливать

    to spend money with both hands - сорить деньгами; швырять деньги направо и налево

    2. [hænd] a
    1. 1) ручной
    2) сделанный вручную, ручным способом

    hand getting - горн. ручная добыча /выемка/

    3) переносный
    4) наручный, для ношения на руке
    2. в грам. знач. нареч. вручную

    hand knitted - связанный вручную, ручной вязки

    3. [hænd] v
    1. передавать; вручать

    to hand smb. a discharge - разг. уволить кого-л.

    she was handed the prize for reading - ей вручили приз за чтение, она получила приз за чтение

    2. дотрагиваться, касаться
    3. (into, out of, to) провести за руку; помочь (войти, пройти)
    4. (обыкн. hand it to smb.)
    1) разг. отдавать должное

    you have to hand it to him, he could work - надо отдать ему должное, работать он умел; чего-чего, а умения работать у него не отнимешь

    2) признать себя побеждённым, уступить
    5. мор. убрать ( паруса)

    НБАРС > hand

См. также в других словарях:

  • Case-control — is a type of epidemiological study design. Case control studies are used to identify factors that may contribute to a medical condition by comparing subjects who have that condition (the cases ) with patients who do not have the condition but are …   Wikipedia

  • strong — W1S1 [strɔŋ US stro:ŋ] adj comparative stronger superlative strongest ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(able to lift heavy things/do hard work)¦ 2¦(not easily damaged)¦ 3¦(able to deal with difficulty)¦ 4¦(powerful)¦ 5¦(feelings/opinions)¦ 6¦(affect/influence)¦… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • strong — [[t]strɒ̱ŋgɪst, AM strɔ͟ːŋgɪst[/t]] ♦ strongest 1) ADJ GRADED Someone who is strong is healthy with good muscles and can move or carry heavy things, or do hard physical work. I m not strong enough to carry him... I feared I wouldn t be able to… …   English dictionary

  • Strong AI — For John Searle s Strong AI hypothesis, see Philosophy of artificial intelligence Strong AI is artificial intelligence that matches or exceeds human intelligence the intelligence of a machine that can successfully perform any intellectual task… …   Wikipedia

  • case — noun 1 example ADJECTIVE ▪ classic, textbook, typical ▪ clear, obvious, simple ▪ It was a simple case of mistaken identity …   Collocations dictionary

  • case — I n. legal action argument 1) to hear, try a case (the court will not hear this case) 2) to argue, plead a case (the lawyer argued the case skillfully) 3) to make (out), present, state; take a case (she made out a good case for her client; the… …   Combinatory dictionary

  • case — I UK [keɪs] / US noun Word forms case : singular case plural cases *** 1) [countable] an example or instance of something case of: a serious case of nerves a) an instance of a disease case of: a bad case of food poisoning b) a person with a… …   English dictionary

  • case — 01. The doctor said that my grandfather s [case] was very serious. 02. There have been three or four [cases] of violent home invasions in Seattle so far this year. 03. He has a bad [case] of allergies and has to be very careful about what he eats …   Grammatical examples in English

  • Strong Medicine (novel) — infobox Book | name = Strong Medicine title orig = translator = image caption = Front Cover author = Arthur Hailey illustrator = cover artist = country = language = English series = genre = publisher = Dell Publishing release date = 1975 english… …   Wikipedia

  • case — case1 W1S1 [keıs] n ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(example)¦ 2¦(situation)¦ 3 (just) in case 4 in any case 5 in that case 6¦(reason/argument)¦ 7¦(law/crime)¦ 8¦(box/container)¦ 9 it s a case of something 10¦(disease)¦ …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • have — I [[t]həv, STRONG hæv[/t]] AUXILIARY VERB USES ♦ has, having, had (In spoken English, forms of have are often shortened, for example I have is shortened to I ve and has not is shortened to hasn t.) 1) AUX You use the forms have and has with a… …   English dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»